40 Series

Transcription

40 Series

sistemas de perfiles industriales
• Sistemas de Perfil Métrico
IPS
ENGINEERING YOUR SUCCESS.
Sistemas de Perfil Métrico
Serie m
IPS
Serie m
Catálogo Master Motion & Control
Serie m
Beneficios Clave del Perfil Estructural
• Resistencia como la del acero soldado
• Sin necesidad de soldar, limpiar, pulir o pintar
• Más fácil de ensamblar y desensamblar
• Más de 120 extrusiones disponibles en pulgadas
y Sistema Métrico.
• Configuraciones ilimitadas
Sistema Roller 14 en una línea de
inspección
Modular para cumplir con sus necesidades
Fuerte y Versátil
La estructuras hechas de perfil de
aluminio estructural de Parker son
tan resistentes como las estructuras
soldadas de acero, mucho más
flexibles, versátiles, sencillas para
ensamblar y fáciles de cambiar
porque utilizan sujetadores y
conectores mecánicos. Para cumplir
con sus requerimientos, tenemos en
inventario la más amplia selección
de perfiles de Ranura en T y
especiales, así como una completa
línea de sistemas de sujeción y
accesorios.
Mejor que con soldadura
A diferencia de los sistemas
soldados, aquellos que están hechos
de perfiles estructurales pueden ser
modificados en el sitio original sin
un desensamble que cause perdida
de tiempo o que resulte extensivo,
ahorrando valioso tiempo en el
montaje o durante los cambios de
producción. El aluminio de alto
grado utilizado en cada componente
del perfil estructural de Parker,
asegura que los perfiles de Ranura
T mantienen su forma y así los
componentes pueden ser removidos,
cambiados y reinstalados
fácilmente. Además, el acabado en
anodizado claro o negro en nuestros
perfiles estructurales son limpios,
atractivos y su mantenimiento es
muy sencillo.
Diseñado para
Tolerancias Exactas
Las estructuras soldadas no pueden
ser construidas con la precisión
de los sistemas de los perfiles
estructurales modulares. Ya sea
que se suministre como un kit premaquinado o como un ensamble
convencional, su sistema de perfil
estructural le asegura un ajuste
adecuado a sus especificaciones
precisas.
Aplicador de adhesivo automotriz
Parker Agrega Control de
Movimiento
Parker IPS es más que un proveedor
de componentes estructurales.
Somos un socio para integración
de sistemas que también suministra
la fuerza y la inteligencia para
conducir sus aplicaciones. En
adición al ofrecimiento de la más
amplia selección de componentes
de perfil estructural de aluminio
en la industria, Parker es su mejor
recurso para control de movimiento
electromecánico, hidráulico y
neumático.
Serie m
Línea Completa de Perfiles, Sujetadores y Accesorios
Perfiles
Parker IPS ofrece más de 120 perfiles en alta resistencia
de aluminio 6005 T5 y 6061 T6. El rango de formas
disponibles, en dimensiones de 1 pulgada a 6 pulgadas,
provee a nuestros clientes con una extensa variedad de
soluciones con perfiles para cumplir con las aplicaciones
más demandantes. (Los productos Parker IPS métricos
se pueden encontrar en el catálogo 1816-1/US) Nuestras
soluciones de sistema estructural trabajan especialmente bien en aplicaciones
de control de movimiento, donde tanto las cargas dinámicas como estáticas son
aplicadas a la estructura.
Sujetadores
Por diseño, los perfiles de aluminio de alta resistencia de
Ranura en T de Parker IPS, mantienen a los sujetadores
apretados – permanentemente. Nuestro sistema de sujeción
libre de vibración elimina la necesidad de placas de unión
en la mayoría de las aplicaciones. Ofrecemos una amplia
selección de sujetadores estándar y conectores universales
adecuados para cualquier aplicación.
Atención a Detalles
Accesorios
Parker IPS ofrece
una línea completa
de accesorios
adicionales que
complementan a su
sistema pre-diseñado
incluyendo:
•Bisagras de plástico y metálicas
•Bases niveladoras y ruedas para base
•Placas, uniones y conectores
•Manijas, seguros, pasadores y soportes
de cable y manguera
•Bloques deslizantes UHMW
•Paneles de TRESPA, malla metálica,
ABS y policarbonato
•Componentes para puertas,
deslizantes, con rodillos y de doble
empalme
•Charolas para partes y componentes
para estación de trabajo
•Herramientas para ensamble
Elementos de Conduit
Diseñador de Sistema
Estructural Parker (SSD)
Sujetadores y Conectores
Sistemas
convencionales
y aplicaciones
Componentes de Guardas de
Protección para Máquinas
Componentes Neumáticos
Bases Niveladoras, Placas Base y Ruedas
Parker IPS ha desarrollado
el paquete de modelado
más versátil disponible
para sistemas estructurales
de alta resistencia en
ingeniería. Utilizando sistemas
avanzados de modelaje en
3D, el poder del SSD de
Parker ahorrará tiempo y
dinero, permitiendo a los
ingenieros probar la forma,
ajuste y funcionamiento
del diseño de un sistema
estructural completo. Desde
el concepto y la cotización
hasta el ensamble y entrega,
el SSD Parker se somete
a Pensarlo, Diseñarlo, y
Construirlo de acuerdo a sus
especificaciones exactas.
Serie m
Sistemas Lineales IPS
Parker IPS ofrece una línea completa de Sistemas Lineales
pre-diseñados. Basado en nuestra línea de perfiles de
calidad, estos sistemas ofrecen una excepcional capacidad de
soporte de carga, altas velocidades y excelente confiabilidad.
Los Sistemas Lineales de Parker IPS suministran integración
total con nuestros componentes estructurales así como
la línea completa de tecnologías de movimiento de los
Actuadores Parker. Los Sistemas Lineales de Parker proveen
soluciones de movimiento en proyectos cuyo rango va desde
guía lineal básica a complejos sistemas multi-eje y manejo
de cargas pesadas.
La Serie LR Sistema Roller con
Transmisión de Banda de Parker IPS
Los productos de la serie de
Rodillos Lineales de Parker
IPS suministran un alto nivel
de precisión, resistencia de
rodamientos de carga y flexibilidad
en un paquete modular de bajo
costo. Estos productos utilizan
componentes estándar y pueden
adaptarse a un amplio rango de
aplicaciones. La base de la línea
de productos LR es la serie 40 de
perfiles estructurales que ofrece
numerosas configuraciones de
montaje. Se pueden seleccionar
perfiles con claros para máxima
longitud sin soporte, ahorrando
espacio valioso y reduciendo
costos del sistema en general. Las
longitudes estándar de 6 metros y
la habilidad de empalmar secciones
múltiples permiten una cantidad
de configuraciones de carrera
casi infinita. Los Rodamientos
de Rodillo LRS están hechos
de 100 Cr6 de acero templado y
pulido y proveen baja fricción,
altas velocidades y capacidades
para carga pesada. Las unidades
de rodamiento están disponibles
como tipos de rodamientos simples
y dobles. Las configuraciones
especiales de la unidad de soporte
de carga utilizando unidades
múltiples de rodamientos pueden
ser acondicionadas para cumplir
con tiempos de entrega. El diseño
modular permite un fácil ensamble,
rápido diseño y una plataforma
flexible capaz de cumplir incluso
con la aplicación más demandante.
Aplicaciones
• Manejo de Materiales
• Sistemas Gantry
• Inspeccion Visual
• Líneas de Ensamble y
transferencia
• Transporte de Carga de
hasta 2597 lbs
• Opciones especiales
de la unidad de soporte
de carga
• Velocidades de hasta 5m/seg
• Fácil montaje para motores
de CA
• Longitudes de carrera de
más de 6 metros
• Adaptación instantánea de
motor/reductor
Perfiles
Serie 20
12-081
12-120
12-020
12-124
Serie 28
12-040
12-126
12-028
12-128
12-228
12-328
12-428
12-528
12-628
12-728
12-125
12-044
12-043
12-056
Serie 30
12-030
12-034
12-035
12-033
12-060
12-066
Serie 40
10-016
10-540
10-040
10-440
11-540
10-043
10-081
10-680
11-040
10-044
10-083
10-080
10-085
10-180
10-340
11-044
10-140
10-045
10-086
11-080
10-240
10-060
10-089
14-248
11-100
Perfiles
Serie 40
10-088
11-088
11-089
10-120
10-161
11-128
10-164
11-084
11-140
11-120
11-124
11-122
10-160
11-160
Perfiles Especiales
12-031
12-032
11-056
10-036
Perfiles Serie 40
Perfiles Serie 40
Momento de Inercia
No. de Parte
Descripción
IX
[cm4]
Sección Modular
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Sección
[cm2]
Peso
[kg/m]
10-016
Perfil 16x40
6.97
1.06
3.49
1.23
4.33
1.17
10-036
Perfil Post 36x36
8.55
8.55
4.32
4.32
7.18
1.94
10-040
Perfil 40x40 Estándar
9.46
9.46
4.73
4.73
6.65
1.72
10-043
Perfil 40x40 Quarter Round ST
6.85
6.85
3.12
3.12
5.86
1.58
10-044
Perfil 40x40-45° Estándar
6.71
6.71
2.98
2.98
5.68
1.53
10-045
Perfil 40x45° Estándar
16.27
34.39
7.43
9.62
10.22
2.76
10-060
Perfil 40x60° Estándar
12.73
42.73
6.08
10.93
9.35
2.76
10-080
71.79
17.23
17.99
8.62
11.53
3.18
10-081
Perfil 16x80
50.76
2.15
12.69
2.69
8.13
2.20
10-083
Perfil R40x80 30° Estándar
6.09
8.48
2.67
3.59
5.79
1.57
10-085
16.26
11.85
5.06
4.59
7.09
1.92
10-086
10-088
10-089
10-120
10-140
Perfil 40x40 Bi-Slot Corner
9.35
9.35
4.68
4.68
6.67
1.81
10-160
922.50
271.10
115.30
67.80
38.10
10.29
10-161
Perfil 16x160
287.10
3.66
35.89
4.10
12.78
3.45
10-164
517.25
33.13
64.65
16.56
21.48
5.80
10-180
Perfil 80x40 Tri-Slot Corner
65.87
16.37
16.46
8.19
10.90
2.83
10-240
Perfil 40x40 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame
9.57
9.57
4.78
4.78
6.72
1.82
10-340
Perfil 40x40 Tri-Slot
9.13
9.82
4.57
4.78
6.75
1.82
10-440
Perfil 40x40 Mono-Slot
8.42
8.66
4.07
4.33
5.77
1.56
10-540
Perfil 40x40 Light
8.07
8.07
4.04
4.04
5.53
1.50
10-680
Perfil 80x40 Light
60.05
15.40
15.01
7.70
8.90
2.40
11-040
Perfil 40x40 Heavy
14.18
14.18
7.09
7.09
9.22
2.53
11-044
Perfil 40x40-45° Heavy
9.40
9.40
4.07
4.07
7.33
1.98
11-056
Perfil Post 56x56 45.62
45.62
14.81
14.81
13.07
3.53
11-080
Perfil 80x40 Heavy
102.00
26.73
25.50
13.37
16.59
4.58
11-084
Perfil 80x80x40 Corner Heavy
129.37
129.37
27.94
27.94
23.23
6.27
11-088
Perfil 80x80 Heavy
185.20
185.20
46.30
46.30
26.01
7.02
11-089
Perfil 80x80 Extra Heavy
215.85
215.85
53.96
53.96
36.26
9.83
11-100
Perfil 40x100 Heavy
190.29
30.84
38.06
15.42
17.88
4.94
11-120
Perfil 120x40 Heavy
306.00
38.16
51.00
19.08
22.61
6.13
11-122
Perfil 120x80 Heavy
575.07
274.46
92.75
68.61
40.08
10.82
11-124
Perfil 120x120x40 Corner Heavy
498.10
498.10
66.20
66.20
40.30
10.90
11-128
Perfil 28x160
732.11
20.45
91.51
14.36
31.33
8.46
11-140
Perfil 160x40 Heavy
749.51
54.80
93.60
27.40
32.30
8.72
11-160
Perfil 160x80 Heavy
1106.92
343.37
138.37
85.84
48.22
13.07
11-540
Perfil 40x40 Heavy Square
15.81
15.81
7.90
7.90
7.99
2.16
30.40
19.27
7.94
6.40
8.30
2.25
138.30
138.30
34.58
34.58
20.17
5.45
66.03
66.03
16.14
16.14
12.69
3.44
220.54
24.22
36.76
12.11
16.12
4.35
WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE
DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for
further investigation by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning
the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through
its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning
requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker
Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and
its acceptance are governed by the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale".
 Copyright 2002, Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
INDUSTRIAL PROFILE SYSTEMS
Table of Contents
Introduction ............................................................................................... 1
Innovative Solutions .................................................................... 2
Custom and Special Application Needs ..................................... 5
Largest Selection of Profiles and Components ....................... 10
Welcome to IPS Industrial Profile
Systems, now a member of the
Parker Hannifin Corporation.
The innovative modular T-slot
aluminum profile system has
conquered the world of machine
building. It offers so much
flexibility and cost savings in
engineering, fabrication, and
assembly; that it is now the
preferred way to design and build
every
imaginable
frame
structure or enclosure for
unlimited applications.
IPS has been a leader in this
industry in North America for the
last 15 years.The integration of
IPS’s extensive product line and
strong service center network
into Parker’s Automation Group
creates synergies and new
business opportunities for
growth that are clearly structured
to benefit our customers. Being
a member of the worldwide
Parker Hannifin organization
makes us an even stronger
partner for you in the future.
The commitment of the
combined IPS and Parker Team
is to service your needs.
I
1 Profiles ................................................................................................ 14
Technical Data .......................................................................... 14
40 Series Profiles ..................................................................... 17
45 Series Profiles ..................................................................... 28
30 Series Profiles ..................................................................... 30
1
28 Series Profiles ..................................................................... 31
20 Series Profiles ..................................................................... 34
Guarding and Enclosure Profiles ............................................. 35
Miscellaneous Profiles ............................................................. 41
Profile End Caps ....................................................................... 46
Conduit Elements ..................................................................... 47
2
2 Hardware ............................................................................................ 56
Fastening Components ............................................................ 57
Leveling Feet, Base Plates and Casters .................................. 77
Hinges, Handles, Locks & Latches .......................................... 88
Panels, Panel Mounting & Other Accessories ....................... 108
Pneumatic Components ........................................................ 125
3
Workstations, and Workstation Accessories .......................... 131
3 45 Series Profiles ............................................................................ 140
4 Linear Applications .......................................................................... 148
IPS Roller Systems ................................................................. 149
4
Linear Guide Components ..................................................... 155
Linear Drive Components ...................................................... 165
Linear Modules ....................................................................... 173
Profile Slide Blocks ................................................................. 174
Slide Bushing Linear Systems ............................................... 176
Linear Rail and Conveyor Profile ............................................ 179
5
UHMW Slide Blocks and Systems ......................................... 184
5 Services and Tools ........................................................................... 196
Software .................................................................................. 196
Tools and Tool Carts ............................................................... 199
Processing Services ............................................................... 201
6 Technical Guide and Index ............................................................... 207
By Part # .................................................................................. 208
By Description ......................................................................... 212
Parker to IPS Cross ................................................................ 220
Offer of Sale ............................................................................. 224
Parker Hannifin Corporation
Industrial Profile Systems Business Unit
Houston, Tx 77066
6
Innovative Solutions for Your
Structural Framing Needs
Since 1987 IPS, now a member of
A Commitment to Customer Service...
has served many
Customer service and
industries
customer satisfaction
As a solution provider, IPS
offers products and services
such as:
throughout North
is our objective.
Standard length profiles
America with its
IPS service centers are
Custom cut profiles
innovative high
located across North
Modular structures
strength aluminum
America support our
Bases and frames
framing systems
customers with local
Workstations
for machine
inventory, engineering,
building and
fabrication, assembly
Safety guards and
enclosures
industrial
and installation.
applications.
A team of
knowledgeable
The versatility of
machine bases and frames, linear slide
systems, safety guarding and enclosures,
Services
experienced application
engineers have the expertise necessar y to
Regional Service Centers
across the US, Canada, and
Mexico
provide and implement whatever IPS
Engineering support
solution you require.
Applications assistance
We work closely with customers on
Onsite installation and
assembly
worktables, structural framing and material
handling.
applications that may require custom parts
CAD and design services
Modular aluminum structures offer high
and specials,
Rapid product delivery
flexibility and functionality combined with visual
engineering/design
appeal and cleanliness of the anodized surface.
assistance, as well
These important features present a multitude of
as assembly and
benefits for machine building and automation
installation services.
projects in industries such as pharmaceutical,
medical,
Our IPS service centers
semiconductor,
are stocked with a broad
electronics,
selection of T-slotted profiles and
automotive
accessories. Thus we are able to react
component
quickly to meet customer's needs in
today's fast paced global economy.
II
Material handling
systems
professionals and
this modular
erector set system makes it ideally suitable for
Slides and linear
devices
Modular Solutions to Fit Your Needs
WELDED V.S. MODULAR
Compared to welded steel frames, IPS
Important Benefits When Using
Aluminum Modular Framing Systems
from IPS:
modular aluminum framing systems
offer unique benefits. The strength is
comparable to steel, yet the flexibility
and versatility is far superior. The preengineered IPS system enables you to
reduce the lead-time for engineering
and fabrication. Modifications and
Extremely short turnaround from design
Serving
Limitless
Industries in an
Unlimited Range
of Applications
to completion.
IPS modular
No welding
No cleaning
No grinding
framing profiles
are successfully applied in an astounding
No distortions
variety of environments; from automotive to
No painting
aerospace, from electronics to packaging,
changes are easily made through all
from pharmaceutical/medical to textiles.
stages of the evolution of your
Lower total cost through elimination of
projects.
costly traditional manufacturing
The following are just some of the industries
processes.
where IPS modular framing solutions have
proven their worth:
Aerospace
Automotive
Educational
Electronics
Industrial Manufacturing
Medical
Packaging
Pharmaceutical
Plastics
Semiconductor
Textiles
Tires
III
Complete Line of Profiles and Accessories
Profiles
The extensive product range comprises many
different profile shapes. This provides the user
with flexibility to apply the components most
suitable for his application. The IPS product line
includes cross sections from small miniature
profiles up to sturdy heavy-duty structural beams
that support static and dynamic loads in motion
applications, and conduit profiles for pneumatic
and electrical needs.
Available in metric sizes from 20mm to 160mm with 5mm, 8mm,
10mm T-slots.
Fabricated from high strength structural aluminum (6005 T5 and 6061 T6).
Offered with clear or black anodized finish.
Fasteners
IPS applies the unique T-slot concavity design for
vibration safe permanent pretension of the fastener
connection. A variety of standard and universal
connectors offer unique design features and flexibility.
The vibration safe fastening system from IPS is functional
because our profiles are made of high strength alloys. It
is this particular feature that has made IPS a leader in our
industry and eliminates, in most cases, the need for
additional gusset plates.
Conduit Elements
Metric fastening hardware sizes - M5, M6, M8, M10.
English hardware sizes - 1/4”-20, 5/16”-18, #10-32.
Linear Motion
With its linear motion solutions, IPS has gone beyond the basic framing and
guarding requirements. We offer roller bearing modules and DELRIN slide blocks
for motion and positioning applications.
Fasteners & Connectors
Accessories
No aluminum framing systems is complete without its complimentary range of
accessories. That's where IPS differs. IPS offers an
extensive range of complimentary accessories such as
fasteners, hinges, locks, handles, latches, feet, and
casters, that make a true pre-engineered system, a
single source solution for all your needs.
Machine Guarding Components
IPS can furnish you with accessories such as:
Pneumatic Components
Hinges (plastic and metal)
Safety Limit Switches
Leveling Feet and Casters
Plates, Joints and Connectors
Handles, Locks, Latches Cable and Hose Holders
Panels - Trespa, Wire Mesh, Sintra, Polycarbonate (Lexan)
Sliding Door Components
IV
Parts Bins
Assembly Tools
Feet, Base Plates & Casters
For Custom/Special Application Needs….
Automation, Assembly, Enclosures, and Linear Motion
For non-standard or unique applications; that's where
a solution provider like IPS becomes invaluable. At IPS
we have the ability to work with you in designing,
fabricating and assembling a framing solution that
integrates with the latest machine technologies.
Whether you're looking to incorporate a material
handling system, linear device, conveyor or a clean
room environment, IPS has the resources to provide
you a unique customized solution to match your
High speed automated packaging machine
Dial table with fixturing
application requirement.
Roller system 14 on an inspection line
Surface Mount
Circuit Board
Processing Machine
Guarding enclosure using tempered glass
Pick and Place Gantry
Support structure for drilling
apparatus to clean spent fuel
remains from space shuttle
solid fuel rocket boosters
V
Catalog 1816
Introduction
800-333-4932
IPS
Examples of Industrial and Machine
Building Applications
I
6
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Introduction
800-333-4932
IPS
I
7
Houston, TX77066
Catalog 1816
Introduction
800-333-4932
IPS
Examples of Industrial and Machine
Building Applications
I
Guarding enclosures creating mounting
surfaces for hydraulic control system and
pivoting enclosures providing safety for the
work space.
Lighter Aluminum frame of a crane simulator
booth, that offers lower total cost by utlizing
smaller hydraulic and pneumatic control
systems components.
8
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Introduction
800-333-4932
IPS
I
Workstations creating
uniform work environment in
assemble line applications.
Flexible storage systems that allowing
accurate initial construction, and ability to
adapt to new specifications.
9
Houston, TX77066
Catalog 1816
Introduction
800-333-4932
20 Series
IPS
40 Series
I
12-120 p34
12-020 p34 12-124 p34
12-040 p34z 12-126 p34 12-081 p34 12-125 p34
10-041 p35
10-083 p20
10-042 p35
28 Series
12-028 p31
12-428 p32
12-128 p31
12-528 p32
12-228 p31
12-628 p32
12-328 p31 12-044 p31 12-043 p33
12-728 p32
10-086 p20
10-085 p20
10-056 p 33
30 Series
10-089 p20
10-081 p21
12-030 p30 12-034 p 30
12-033 p30
12-060 p30
12-066 p30
40 Series
10-680 p22
10-016 p21
10-540 p18
10-040 p18
10-140 p19
10-240 p19
10-440 p19
11-040 p18
11-540 p18
11-044 p20
10-045 p20
10-180 p22
10-340 p19
10-043 p19
11-080 p22
10-044 p20
10-080 p22
14-428 p180
11-100 p24
10-060 p20
10
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Introduction
IPS
800-333-4932
40 Series
I
11-088 p25
10-088 p25
10-120 p23
11-089 p26
11-084 p24
10-161
p21
11-128
p24
11-122 p 25
10-160 p26
11-160 p26
50 Series
45 Series
14-040 p28
11-124 p24
11-140
p 23
10-164
p23
10-122 p 25
11-120 p23
14-045 p28
10-550 p27
14-090 p28
11
10-580 p27
Houston, TX77066
Catalog 1816
Introduction
IPS
800-333-4932
Shaft & Clamp
I
13-506 p153
13-510
p155
13-106
p153
13-514 p157
13-525 p161
13-566 p171
13-114
p157
13-110
p155
13-125
p161
13-700
p172
13-230
p179
Linear
13-406
p179
13-011
p179
13-010
p179
13-014
p179
Conduit
15-046
p 51
15-040
p51
15-041
p52
15-083
p52
13-220
p180
15-080
p51
15-086
p51
13-025
p179
15-160
p51
15-120
p51
15-162
p53
15-121
p52
15-081
p52
15-161
p52
15-122
p53
12
15-082
p53
15-042
p53
15-085
p53
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Introduction
IPS
800-333-4932
Miscellaneous
Door
I
12-012 p39 12-014 p39
12-031
p36
12-022 p38
12-023
p36
12-032
p37
12-013 p39
12-828 p33
12-015 p39
11-056 p27
12-101
p45
10-036
p27
12-106
p44
12-112
p44
14-150
p181
14-450
p181
12-018 p40
T-Slot Coverings
14-160
p182
14-100
p182
12-011 p39
12-102
p45
12-107
p44
12-115
p45
12-103
p45
12-104
p45
12-108
p44
12-111
p45
12-116
p45
12-114
p44
Slide
Safety Enclosures
14-348
p182
A40709
A40701
A40710
A40706
A40713
A40704
A40715
A40721
13-430
p183
A40703
A40716
13-810
p183
12-410 p43
12-421 p38
12-420
p43
12-430
p43
13-410
p183
Gussetts
A40708
A40707
12-400
p43
Panel
10-011
p35
12-105
p42
12-010
p40
12-016
p40
12-109
p41
13
20-102Z4
p42
21-057Z4
p42
Houston, TX77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
800-333-4932
IPS
High Strength Aluminum Profiles
Mechanical Properties
y
y
y
Technical Data
1
y
y
y
y
Profile Finish
Tolerances
y
y
y
y
y
Clear anodizing:
AA M10, C22, A31, Clear
Black anodizing:
AA M10, C22, A34, Black
Minimum depth:
0.010mm (0.0004 in.)
Surface hardness: approximately 250 HV, outer surface exposed
Custom anodizing and protective finishes available
y
y
Outer dimensions depending on size ± (0.2 - 0.4)mm.
Extrusions conforming to DIN 17 615 specifications and to IPS
blueprints.
Twist per 300mm (1 ft.) length not to exceed 0.25° and total twist over
6m (20 ft.) length not to exceed 1.5°.
Flatness 0.10mm (0.004 in.) per 25mm (1 in.) of width.
Straightness 0.32mm (0.0125 in.) per 300mm (1 ft.) of length and not
exceeding 3mm (0.12 in.) over 6m (20 ft.) of extrusion.
Maximum bow 3mm (0.12 in.) over 6m (20 ft.)
y
y
y
5
Defined Rest Points
All structural IPS profiles are prime aluminum, mill-certified with
metallurgical properties of 6005-T5, 6061-T6, 6063-T6 or 6105-T5
specifications.
Yield (0.2 limit) Rm min. 240 N/mm2 (35,000 psi)
Tensile strength Rm min. 260 N/mm2 (38,000 psi)
Note: Cross sectional thickness variations of the profiles may influence
yield and tensile strength.
Elongation for 2 in. long specimens:
6005-T5 (thickness up thru 0.124 in.), 6061-T6 (up thru 0.249 in.), 6105-T5
(up thru 0.5 in.) - 8% min
6005-T5 (thickness 0.125-1 in.), 6061-T6 (0.25 in. and over) - 10% min
Elasticity E approximately 70,000 N/mm2 (10,150 kpsi)
Brinell Hardness approximately 75 HB 2.5/187.5
The molecular structure of the 6005-T5 alloy is generally stable in an
ambient temperature range of:
-40ºC to +200ºC
-40ºF to +392ºF
Extreme temperature fluctuations may change the mechanical
properties.
All 40, 30, 28, and 20 series profiles have a face to T-slot slope. Preload in
the material elastic range results in a vibration safe connection because the
T-slot lips are pulled flush with the connecting surface. The high quality
material used insures the profile T-slot will remember its original shape if
disassembly is required, making all IPS profiles completely reusable.
Profile Series
40
30
28
20
Preload Range
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.1 mm
14
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
800-333-4932
IPS
Standard Size
Increments
Constant size increment permits
combination of all sizes and use of
common accessories.
40 Series
30 Series
28 Series
20 Series
40 Series
30 Series
1
Typical Dimensions
T-slot System
High accuracy of T-slots
up to 80x40 Profile
8+.2mm
from 80x80 Profile
8+.3mm
T-slot and pilot hole center to center
tolerances are ±0.2mm
5
28 Series
15
20 Series
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Profiles by Part Number
Part #
Page
Description
Moment of Inertia
IX
(cm4)
1
5
10-016
10-036
10-040
10-041
10-042
10-043
10-044
10-045
10-060
10-080
10-081
10-088
10-120
10-122
10-140
10-160
10-164
10-180
10-240
10-340
10-440
10-540
10-550
10-580
10-680
11-040
11-044
11-056
11-080
11-088
11-100
11-122
11-128
11-140
11-160
11-540
12-020
12-028
12-030
12-033
12-034
12-040
12-044
12-060
12-066
12-081
12-120
12-124
12-125
12-126
12-128
12-228
12-328
12-428
12-528
12-628
12-728
14-040
14-045
14-046
14-090
21
27
18
35
35
19
20
20
20
22
21
25
23
25
19
16
23
22
19
19
19
18
27
27
22
18
21
27
22
25
24
25
24
23
26
18
34
31
30
30
30
34
31
30
30
34
34
34
34
34
31
31
31
32
32
32
32
28
28
28
28
16x40 Support
36x36 Post
40x40 Standard
40x40 Clamp
40x40 Bi-Clamp
40x40 Quarter Round
40x40-45° Standard
40-45°
40-60°
80x40 Standard
16x80 Support
80x80 Standard
40x120 Standard
80x120 Standard
40x40 Bi-Slot Corner
160x80 Standard
160x40 Standard
80x40 Tri-Slot Corner
40x40 Bi-Slot Midframe
40x40 Tri-Slot
40x40 Mono-Slot
40x40 Light
50x50
50x80
80x40 Light
40x40 Heavy
40x40-45° Heavy
56x56 Heavy
80x40 Heavy
80x80 Heavy
40x100 Heavy
80x120 Heavy
160x28 Heavy
160x40 Heavy
160x80 Heavy
40x40 Heavy Square
20x20, 20 Series
28x28 Quad-Slot
30x30
30x30 Quarter Round
40x40, 20 Series
28x28-45°
30x60
60x60
80x14, 20 Series
20x10
20x40
20x80
20x60
28x28 Tri-Slot
28x56 Open-Slot
28x56 Tri-Slot
28x56 Bi-Slot
28x56 Quad-Slot
45x45 Light
45x45
45x60 Light
45x90
IY
(cm4)
1.06
8.55
9.46
11.4
13
6.85
6.71
16.27
12.73
71.97
2.15
138.3
220.54
421.67
8.55
922.5
517.25
65.87
9.36
9.13
8.42
7.41
19.7
78.75
60.05
14.18
9.4
45.62
102
185.2
190.29
575.07
732.11
749.51
1215.79
15.81
0.72
2.41
3.13
2.71
3.49
8.55
2
21.1
39
41.01
0.53
5.01
36.4
16.02
2.69
2.71
3.02
4.67
5.28
5.92
5.26
11.23
15.81
17.3
32.2
6.97
8.55
9.46
11.4
11.4
6.85
6.71
34.39
42.73
17.23
50.76
138.3
24.22
201.95
8.55
271.1
33.13
16.37
9.36
9.82
8.66
7.41
19.7
30.5
15.4
14.18
9.4
45.62
26.73
185.2
30.84
274.46
20.45
54.8
357.51
15.81
0.72
2.41
3.13
2.71
3.49
8.55
2
6
39
1.14
0.12
1.27
2.7
2.04
2.41
2.71
2.43
16.56
18.61
18.05
17.3
11.23
15.81
28.52
124.4
16
Section Modulus
WY
(cm3)
WX
(cm3)
1.23
4.32
4.73
5.55
6.2
3.12
2.98
7.43
6.08
17.99
2.69
34.58
36.76
68.34
4.28
115.3
64.65
16.46
4.68
4.57
4.07
3.71
7.88
19.69
15.01
7.09
4.07
14.81
25.5
46.3
38.06
92.75
91.51
93.6
151.97
7.9
0.72
1.72
2.09
1.70
2.22
4.27
1.3
7.04
13
10.25
0.53
2.5
9.1
5.34
1.82
1.84
2.16
3.33
3.57
4.23
3.55
4.99
7.03
7.69
14.31
3.49
4.32
4.73
5.55
5.7
3.12
2.98
9.62
10.93
8.62
12.69
34.58
12.11
50.49
4.28
67.8
16.56
8.19
4.68
4.78
4.33
3.71
7.88
12.2
7.7
7.09
4.07
14.81
13.37
46.3
15.42
68.61
14.36
27.4
89.38
7.9
0.72
1.72
2.09
1.70
2.22
4.27
1.3
4.01
13
1.57
0.24
1.27
2.7
2.04
1.72
1.84
1.73
5.91
6.46
6.44
6.18
4.99
7.03
9.51
26.74
Section
(cm2)
4.33
7.18
6.65
7.4
8.38
5.86
5.68
10.22
9.35
11.53
8.13
20.17
16.12
30.15
6.12
38.1
21.48
10.9
7.1
6.75
5.77
4.87
9.81
13.58
8.9
9.22
7.33
13.07
16.59
26.01
17.88
40.08
31.33
32.3
51.72
7.99
1.85
3.01
3.31
3.26
3.68
4.9
2.89
6.1
9.61
6.65
1.29
3.18
6.19
4.73
3.18
3.37
3.37
5.66
6.21
6.39
6.03
5.69
8.25
8.88
15.25
Weight
(kg/m)
1.17
1.94
1.72
2.3
2.26
1.58
1.53
2.76
2.76
3.18
2.2
5.45
4.35
8.14
1.59
10.29
5.8
2.83
1.92
1.82
1.56
1.35
2.71
3.75
2.4
2.53
1.98
3.53
4.58
7.02
4.94
10.82
8.46
8.72
13.96
2.16
0.52
0.81
0.9
0.88
0.99
1.32
0.78
1.65
2.6
1.8
0.35
0.86
1.67
1.28
0.86
0.91
0.91
1.53
1.68
1.73
1.63
1.57
2.23
2.4
4.12
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
800-333-4932
IPS
40 Series Profiles
1
Typical Servicing
Dimensions
5
Servicing for Standard Fastening Set 40
(20-002, 20-002SS, 20-014) requires
M8x16 tap and 7mm access hole through
the profile.
American Fastening Set (25-003) requires
5/16’’-18 tap.
17
Servicing for Universal Fastening Set 40
(20-004, 25-004) requires bore 20mm x
16mm deep into the slot.
Pneumatic Universal Fastening Set
(20-011) requires bore 20mm x 6mm
deep.
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
40 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
Profile for general engineering structures, weight optimized.
Basic fasteners: Standard & Heavy profile: 20-002, 20-004, 20-006,25-003,25-004
Light profile: 20-014, 20-011, 20-012
Technical Data
Al, clear or black anodized
1
10-540
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
10-540
10-040
11-040
7.41
9.46
14.18
7.41
9.46
14.18
3.71
4.73
7.09
3.71
4.73
7.09
4.87
6.65
9.22
1.35
1.72
2.53
Description
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
10-540
10-540-3
10-540-6
Profile 40x40 Light
Black
10-540B
10-540B3
10-540B6
Profile 40x40 Standard
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
10-040
10-040-3
10-040-6
10-040B
10-040B3
10-040B6
Profile 40x40 Heavy
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
11-040
11-040-3
11-040-6
Saw cut necessary for cut to length
End Cap 40x40
Secure End Cap 40x40
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
18-813
18-913
Profile 40x40 Heavy Square
Heavy duty profile for engineering
structures where T-slots are not
desirable. A 28x28 profile can slide
into the inside cavity. Accessories,
such as hinges, may be attached
anywhere with required machining.
Attachment to T-slot of a 40 series
profile requires machining (19-054)
and fastening set (20-054).
10-040
5
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Fastening set 20-054 includes:
aluminum block, M8 x 20 BHCS, flat
plate, spring tension pin 8 x 40.
11-040
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
11-540
15.81
15.81
7.90
7.90
7.99
2.16
Description
Profile 40x40 Heavy Square
11-540
Fastening Set Pfl 40x40 Heavy Sq
Service to mount Fast. Set 20-054
End Cap 40x40 Heavy Square
18
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
1 set
each
1 pc
Part #
11-540
11-540-6
19-001
20-054
19-054
18-805
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
40 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
1 Universal Fastening Set
20-004 on 40x40 Bi-Slot
Corner profile
2 Connecting three 40x40
Quarter Round profiles using
Corner Connector 22-146
and Connector Cap 18-821
(p. 70)
3, 4 Connecting two 40x40
Quarter Round profiles using
miter cut and 90° miter
connector 20-128Z1 (p.62)
2
1
1
10-140
3
4
Application
General engineering structures, weight optimized. Particularly useful where
smooth, aesthetic appearance is desired. Use Light Standard Fastener
(20-014). Profile 10-440 uses Flat Plate Fastener (20-028).
10-240
10-340
Technical Data
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
10-140
10-240
10-340
10-440
10-043
8.55
9.36
9.13
8.42
6.85
8.55
9.36
9.82
8.66
6.85
4.28
4.68
4.57
4.07
3.12
4.28
4.68
4.78
4.33
3.12
6.12
7.10
6.75
5.77
5.86
1.59
1.92
1.82
1.56
1.58
Description
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
10-140
10-140-3
10-140-6
Profile 40x40 Bi-Slot Corner
Black
10-140B
10-140B3
10-140B6
Profile 40x40 Bi-Slot Midframe
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
10-240
10-240-3
10-240-6
10-240B
10-240B3
10-240B6
Profile 40x40 Tri-Slot
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
10-340
10-340-3
10-340-6
10-340B
10-340B3
10-340B6
Profile 40x40 Mono-Slot
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
10-440
10-440-3
10-440-6
10-440
Profile 40x40 Quarter Round
cut off max. 6M
10-043
End Cap 40x40
End Cap 40x40 Quarter Round
19
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
10-043
19-001
18-813
18-913
18-843
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Profile 40-45º for
octagonal
structures
40 Series
Profile 40-60º for
hexagonal
structures
Profile 40x40x45° used in 45° Corner Elements
(p.75) and with 40x40-45° Connector (p.70)
10-044
1
Application
Profiles 40x40-45° suitable for gusset applications or placing profiles at 45° angle
within a structure. Profiles 40-45° and 40-60° can be used for polygonal shaped
structures. Profile, R40/80 are ideal for constructing cases, tables and angled bases
11-044
Technical Data
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
10-044
11-044
10-045
10-060
6.71
9.40
16.27
12.73
6.71
9.40
34.39
42.73
2.98
4.07
7.43
6.08
2.98
4.07
9.62
10.93
5.68
7.33
10.22
9.35
1.53
1.98
2.76
2.76
Description
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 12 at 3M ea.
pkg of 12 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
10-044
10-044-3
10-044-6
Profile 40x40-45° Standard
Black
10-044B
10-044B3
10-044B6
Profile 40x40-45° Heavy
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 9 at 3M ea.
pkg of 9 at 6M ea.
11-044
11-044-3
11-044-6
11-044B
11-044B3
11-044B6
Profile 40-45°
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
10-045
10-045-3
10-045-6
Profile 40-60°
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
10-060
10-060-3
10-060-6
Profile
Profile
Profile
Profile
cut off max. 6M
cut off max. 6M
cut off max. 6M
cut off max. 6M
10-083
10-085
10-086
10-089
10-045
5
10-060
10-085
R40/80-30º
R40/80-45º
R40/80-60º
R40/80-90º
19-001
End Cap 40x40-45°
End Cap 40-45°
End Cap 40-60°
18-820
18-845
18-860
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
20
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
40 Series
1
1
10-016
3
2
1
Profile 16x80 on Bearing Units 6
2
Profile 16x160 used for electronic mounting
3
Mounting element for Profile 16x40.
See page 74.
Profile 16x160 used in pneumatic training station
(photo courtesy of National Technology Transfer,
Inc.)
Application
Light construction and support for such items as valves, limit switches, and
heavy duty handle (see “handles”). Profile 16x80 can be used as base
plate on Bearing Units 6. Large surface area of the 16x160 with 8mm and 5mm Tslots provides convenient attachment of multiple accessories. Ideal as a
fixture plate for pneumatics, electrical valves and switches. Profile 16x160
should not be used as a structural member.
10-081
Technical Data
Part #
10-016
10-081
10-161
10-161
IX
[cm4]
6.97
50.76
287.1
IY
[cm4]
1.06
2.15
3.66
WX
[cm3]
3.49
12.69
35.89
WY
[cm3]
1.23
2.69
4.10
Section
[cm2]
4.33
8.13
12.78
Weight
[kg/m]
1.17
2.20
3.45
Black
10-016B
10-016B3
10-016B6
Description
Unit
Profile 16x40
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
10-016
10-016-3
10-016-6
Profile 16x80
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
10-081
10-081-3
10-081-6
Profile 16x160
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
10-161
10-161-3
10-161-6
Saw cut necessary for cut to length on 16x40 & 16x80
Saw cut necessary for cut to length on 16x160
19-001
19-003
End Cap 16x40
End Cap 16x80
18-811
18-812
21
1 pc
1 pc
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
40 Series
1
10-680
10-080
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
General engineering structures, weight optimized. 10-080 and 11-080 are suitable
for construction of linear slides with IPS roller systems; they can also be used for
compressed air piping.
Basic fasteners: Standard & Heavy profile: 20-002, 20-004, 20-006, 25-003, 25-004
Light profile: 20-014, 20-011, 20-012
Technical Data
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
10-680
10-080
10-180
11-080
60.05
71.97
65.87
102.00
15.40
17.23
16.37
26.73
15.01
17.99
16.46
25.50
7.70
8.62
8.19
13.37
8.90
11.53
10.90
16.59
2.40
3.18
2.83
4.58
Description
Unit
Profile 80x40 Light
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
Black
10-680
10-680-3
10-680-6
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
10-080
10-080-3
10-080-6
10-080B
10-080B3
10-080B6
Profile 80x40 Tri-Slot Corner
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
10-180
10-180-3
10-180-6
10-180B
10-180B3
10-180B6
Profile 80x40 Heavy
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
11-080
11-080-3
11-080-6
19-001
End Cap 80x40
18-814
18-914
1 pc
1 pc
10-180
5
11-080
22
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
40 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
Suitable as clamping and mounting surface (fixturing), vertical structural support,
general heavy duty structures. Also used as header for bearing block assemblies
for Linear System 14 or 25. Suitable for multiple channel compressed air piping.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
10-120
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
10-120
11-120
10-164
11-140
220.54
306.00
517.25
749.51
24.22
38.16
33.13
54.80
36.76
51.00
64.65
93.60
12.11
19.08
16.56
27.40
16.12
22.61
21.48
32.30
4.35
6.13
5.80
8.72
Unit
cut off max. 6M10-120
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
Part #
Description
10-120-3
10-120-6
Profile 120x40 Heavy
cut off max. 6M
10-164
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
11-140
11-140-3
11-140-6
End Cap 120x40
End Cap 160x40
1
19-003
1 pc
1 pc
18-840
18-817
10-164
5
11-140
11-120
23
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
40 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
11-100 and 11-128: General engineering structures,
heavy duty applications. 160x28 is suitable as clamping
and mounting surface (fixturing) used as header for bearing
block assemblies for Linear System 14 or 25.
11-084 and 11-124: General engineering structures with very high loads or wide
spans. Useful as load bearing corner or post. Suitable for multiple channel
compressed air piping.
Technical Data
1
Al, clear anodized
11-100
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
11-100
11-128
11-084
11-124
190.29
73.11
129.37
498.1
30.84
20.45
129.37
498.1
38.06
91.51
27.94
66.2
15.42
14.36
27.94
66.2
17.88
31.33
23.23
40.3
4.94
8.46
6.27
10.9
Description
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
Part #
11-100
11-100-3
11-100-6
19-002
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 5 at 3M ea.
pkg of 5 at 6M ea.
11-128
11-128-3
11-128-6
19-003
Profile 80x80x40 Corner
Saw cut necessary cut to length
per meter
11-084
19-002
Profile 120x120x40 Corner
per meter
11-124
19-003
End Cap 40x100
End Cap 160x28
1 pc
1 pc
18-804
18-816
11-128
5
11-084
11-124
24
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
40 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
General engineering structures, heavy duty applications. For construction of
linear slides with IPS roller systems, can also be used for compressed air piping.
Technical Data
10-088
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
10-088
11-088
10-122
11-122
138.30
186.89
421.67
575.07
138.30
186.89
201.95
274.46
34.58
46.72
68.34
92.75
34.58
46.72
50.49
68.61
20.17
26.35
30.15
40.08
5.45
7.11
8.14
10.82
Description
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
Black
10-088
10-088B
10-088-3 10-088B3
10-088-6 10-088B6
Profile 80x80 Heavy
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
11-088
11-088-3
11-088-6
11-088
10-122
Weight
[kg/m]
19-002
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
10-122
10-122-3
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
11-122
11-122-3
11-122-6
19-003
End Cap 80x80
End Cap 80x120
18-815
18-915
18-841
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
11-122
25
1
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
40 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
General engineering structures with very high loads or wide spans. For construction
of guides and slides with the Linear System 14 and 25. Suitable for multiple
channel compressed air piping. The 11-089 center area of the profile can be used
to house electrical or air lines, or as a manifold for pressurized air (150 psi
maximum). A support bearing can be pressed into the center diameter to hold
shafts or spindles for rotary or linear motion.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
1
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
10-160
922.50
1215.79
215.85
271.10
357.51
215.85
115.30
151.97
53.96
67.80
89.38
53.96
38.10
51.72
36.26
10.29
13.96
9.83
11-160
11-089
10-160
Description
Unit
Part #
cut off max. 6M
10-160
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 2 at 3M ea.
pkg of 2 at 6M ea.
11-160
11-160-3
11-160-6
Profile 80x80 Extra Heavy
cut off max. 6M
11-089
End Cap 160x80
19-003
1 pc
18-818
11-160
5
11-089
26
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Post Profiles
10-036
1
11-056
Application
Profile 36x36 fits in cavity of 56x56 profile to create telescoping post for work
stations and tables.
56x56 profile suitable as corner post for tables, frames and machine guarding.
Hollow square interior accommodates door and access panel counterweights.
50x50 and 50x80 profiles suitable as leg support for 50x95 Conveyor Profile.
Use Standard Fastener 50 (20-051) and Flat Plate Fastener (20-028).
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Part #
10-036
11-056
10-550
10-580
10-550
IX
[cm4]
8.55
45.62
19.70
78.75
IY
[cm4]
8.55
45.62
19.70
30.50
WX
[cm3]
4.32
14.81
7.88
19.69
Section
[cm2]
7.18
13.07
9.81
13.58
Weight
[kg/m]
1.94
3.53
2.71
3.75
Description
Profile 36x36 Post
Unit
Profile 56x56 Post
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
11-056-3
11-056-6
pkg of 9 at 3M ea.
pkg of 9 at 6M ea.
10-550-3
10-550-6
pkg of 6 at 3M ea.
pkg of 6 at 6M ea.
10-580-3
10-580-6
Profile 50x50
Profile 50x80
10-580
WY
[cm3]
4.32
14.81
7.88
12.20
End Cap 50x50
27
Part #
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
18-919
18-810
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
45 Series Profiles
Application
Profiles for general engineering
structures. Widely used in automotive
industry for constructing framework for
assembly and conveyor lines.
Compatible with all Bosch hardware.
14-040
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
1
14-045
14-046
14-090
Part #
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
14-040
14-045
14-046
14-090
11.23
15.81
17.30
32.20
11.23
15.81
28.52
124.40
4.99
7.03
7.69
14.31
4.99
7.03
9.51
27.64
5.69
8.25
8.88
15.25
1.54
2.23
2.40
4.12
Description
Profile 45x45 Light
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
Part #
14-040
14-040-3
14-040-6
Profile 45x45
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 zt 6M ea.
14-045
14-045-3
14-045-6
Profile 45x60 Light
cut off max. 6M
14-046
Profile 45x90
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
14-090
14-090-3
14-090-6
19-001
5
End Cap 45
Application
For covering exposed end of 45 series
profiles.
Description
End Cap 45x45
End Cap 45x90
End Cap 45x60
Technical Data
Glass-filled nylon, black
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
28
Weight
9g
18 g
11 g
Part #
17-813
17-814
17-815
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
30, 28 and 20
Series Profiles
800-333-4932
IPS
30, 28 and 20 series T-slots are smaller than 40 series T-slots requiring
different hardware. All hardware designed for use with 30, 28 or 20 series
profiles are designated with the appropriate series number at the end of the
description.
1
Inventory Cart
Mobil Parts Bin Rack
5
Safety Guards and Partitions
Printer Stand
29
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
30 Series Profiles
1
2
3
1-2 Servicing for Standard Fastener 28/30
(20-003)
1
3
12-030
Servicing for Universal Fastener 30
(20-008) and for Butt-Fastener M6 (20-012)
4 Connecting three 30x30 Quarter Round
profiles using Corner Connector 30 (22-150)
and Radius Connector Cap 30 (22-151)
5
4
5
Corner connector 30 (see page 70)
Application
For general structures, safety guard and partition frames, light duty enclosures
and industrial peripherals.
12-033
Technical Data
Part #
12-034
12-030
12-033
12-034
12-060
12-066
Description
IX
[cm4]
3.13
2.71
3.49
6.0
39.0
IY
[cm4]
3.13
2.71
3.49
21.1
39.0
WX
[cm3]
2.09
1.70
2.22
4.01
13.0
Unit
Profile 30x30
5
12-060
Weight
[kg/m]
0.90
0.88
0.99
1.65
2.60
Part #
Clear
Black
cut off max. 6M
12-030
pkg of 16 at 3M ea. 12-030-3
pkg of 16 at 6M ea. 12-030-6
Section
[cm2]
3.31
3.26
3.68
6.10
9.61
Profile 30x30 Quarter Round
cut off max. 6M
12-033
cut off max. 6M
12-034
Profile 30x60
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
12-060
12-060-3
12-060-6
Profile 60x60
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 4 at 3M ea.
pkg of 4 at 6M ea.
12-066
12-066-3
12-066-6
12-066
WY
[cm3]
2.09
1.70
2.22
7.04
13.0
End Cap 30x30
End Cap 30x60
End Cap 60x60
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
30
12-033B
18-803
18-863
18-866
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
28 Series Profiles
1
2
3
1-2 Servicing for Standard Fastener 28 (20-003)
Application
Safety guard and partition frames, light duty enclosures and industrial peripherals
such as parts racks, etc. Also suitable for interior design and other commercial
applications.
Technical Data
1
12-028
Part #
12-028
12-044
12-128
12-228
12-328
IX
[cm4]
2.41
2.00
2.69
2.71
3.02
IY
[cm4]
2.41
2.00
2.41
2.71
2.43
WY
[cm3]
1.72
1.30
1.72
1.84
1.73
Section
[cm2]
3.01
2.89
3.18
3.37
3.37
Weight
[kg/m]
0.81
0.78
0.86
0.91
0.91
Black
12-028B
12-028B3
12-028B6
Description
Unit
Profile 28x28 Quad-Slot
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 25 at 3M ea.
pkg of 25 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
12-028
12-028-3
12-028-6
Profile 28x28-45°
cut off max 6M
pkg of 25 at 3M ea.
pkg of 25 at 6M ea.
12-044
12-044-3
12-044-6
12-044B
12-044B3
12-044B6
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 25 at 3M ea.
pkg of 25 at 6M ea.
12-128
12-128-3
12-128-6
12-128B
12-128B3
12-128B6
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 25 at 3M ea.
pkg of 25 at 6M ea.
12-228
12-228-3
12-228-6
12-228B
12-228B3
12-228B6
Profile 28x28 Bi-Slot Midframe
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 25 at 3M ea.
pkg of 25 at 6M ea.
12-328
12-328-3
12-328-6
12-328B
12-328B3
12-328B6
12-044
12-128
12-228
WX
[cm3]
1.72
1.30
1.82
1.84
2.16
19-001
End Cap 28x28
End Cap 28x28-45°
18-808
18-844
1 pc
1 pc
12-328
31
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
28 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
such as parts racks, etc. Also suitable for interior design and other commercial
applications.
Technical Data
Part #
1
12-428
12-428
12-528
12-628
12-728
IX
[cm4]
16.56
18.61
18.05
17.30
IY
[cm4]
4.67
5.28
5.92
5.26
WX
[cm3]
5.91
6.46
6.44
6.18
WY
[cm3]
3.33
3.57
4.23
3.55
Section
[cm2]
5.66
6.21
6.39
6.03
Weight
[kg/m]
1.53
1.68
1.73
1.63
Black
12-428B
12-428B3
12-428B6
Description
Unit
Profile 28x56 Open-Slot
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
Part #
Clear
12-428
12-428-3
12-428-6
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
12-528
12-528-3
12-528-6
12-528B
12-528B3
12-528B6
Profile 28x56 Bi-Slot
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
12-628
12-628-3
12-628-6
12-628B
12-628B3
12-628B6
Profile 28x56 Quad-Slot
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
12-728
12-728-3
12-728-6
12-728B
12-728B3
12-728B6
12-528
19-001
End Cap 28x56
18-809
1 pc
12-628
5
12-728
32
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
28 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
such as tool hangers, etc. Also suitable for interior design and other commercial
applications.
Technical Data
Al, clear
Part #
12-043
10-056
IX
[cm4]
2.71
29.55
IY
[cm4]
2.71
29.55
WX
[cm3]
1.84
14.78
WY
[cm3]
1.84
14.78
Section
[cm2]
3.49
8.51
Weight
[kg/m]
0.95
2.31
1
12-043
Description
Unit
Part #
Profile 28x28 Qtr Round
cut off max. 6M
Clear
12-043
Profile 28x28 Tool Hanger
Light
cut off max. 6M
12-828
Profile 56x56 Light
cut off max. 6M
10-056
19-001
12-828
5
10-056
33
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
20 Series Profiles
1
12-120
1
12-020
12-040
12-126
5
1-2 Servicing for Std. Fastener 20 (20-021)
3
Servicing for Univ. Fastener 20 (20-040)
Application
20 series profiles can be used for light
duty enclosures and miniature
modeling. Also useful as an accessory
extrusion where small profiles are
needed. 5mm T-slot requires 20
series hardware.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Part #
12-124
3
2
12-120
12-020
12-124
12-040
12-126
12-125
12-081
IX
[cm4]
0.12
0.72
1.27
8.55
2.04
2.70
1.14
IY
[cm4]
0.53
0.72
5.01
8.55
16.02
36.40
41.01
WX
[cm3]
0.24
0.72
1.27
4.27
2.04
2.70
1.57
12-081
Section
[cm2]
1.29
1.85
3.18
4.90
4.73
6.19
6.65
Weight
[kg/m]
0.35
0.52
0.86
1.32
1.28
1.67
1.80
Description
Profile 20x10
Unit
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 32 at 3M ea.
Part #
12-120
12-120-3
Profile 20x20
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 32 at 3M ea.
12-020
12-020-3
Profile 20x40
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
12-124
12-124-3
Profile 40x40, 20 Series
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
12-040
12-040-3
Profile 20x60
cut off max. 3M
12-126
Profile 20x80
cut off max. 3M
12-125
Profile 80x14
cut off max. 3M
12-081
12-125
WY
[cm3]
0.53
0.72
2.50
4.27
5.34
9.10
10.25
End Cap 20x10
End Cap 20x20
End Cap 20x40
End Cap 40x40, 20 Series
End Cap 20x60
End Cap 20x80
End Cap 80x14
34
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
18-830
18-802
18-831
18-832
18-834
18-835
18-833
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Guarding and Enclosure Application Profiles
40x40 Clamp Profile
1
3
2
4
1
5
10-041
1
2
3-4
5
Proper assembly of bi-clamp profile
Recommended penetration of the panels into the clamp profiles
Application examples
Edging profile used as door handle on sliding door
Application
40x 40 clamp profiles suitable for construction of guards, enclosures, swinging
and sliding doors. Accommodates corrugated mesh, sheet metal and plastic
panels up to 9.5 mm thick. Clamped panel adds rigidity to the frame. Bi-clamp
profile designed for use as inner post in subdivided panels of large guarding,
sliding and swinging doors. Clamp profiles are serviced for screws on 200 ±2
mm centers. Shipped complete with clamping strip (10-011) and M6x16 SHCS.
In addition to being a part of 40x40 clamp profiles, edging profile can also be
used as a handle or stiffener for panels.
10-042
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Part #
10-041
10-042
10-011
IX
[cm4]
11.40
13.00
IY
[cm4]
11.40
11.40
WX
[cm3]
5.55
6.20
WY
[cm3]
5.55
5.70
Section
[cm2]
7.40
8.38
Weight
[kg/m]
2.30
2.26
0.30
Description
Profile 40x40 Clamp
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
Part #
10-041
10-041-3
10-041-6
Profile 40x40 Bi-Clamp
cut off max. 6M
10-042
Edging Profile
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
10-011
10-011-3
10-011-6
10-011
End Cap 40x40
35
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
18-813
18-913
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
32x18 Picture
Frame Profile
2
1
12-031
1
1
2
3
Profile 32x18 Mono-slot mitre cut at 45°
used on a framed door
Assembly of 90° Mitre Connector MD
(order Mitre Bracket and set screw
separately)
Panel dimensions
12-108
3
20-128Z1
Application
Picture frame guarding and
enclosures. Accepts panel 10mm (3/
8”) thick without using gasket, 6mm
(1/4”) thick with Panel Gasket 10 (12108). Recess for magnetic or foam tape
to provide tight seal for noise or dust
protection. Easy assembly with 90°
Mitre Connector MD (20-128Z1).
Description
Profile 32x18 Mono-Slot
Profile 22x32 Light
Profile 32X22 Slot
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight 0.94 kg/m
Loctite ® Thread Locker No. 262
recommended to secure setscrews.
End cap 18-807 can not be used with
this profile.
Unit
cut off max. 6m
cut off max. 6m
5
Panel Gasket 10
90° Mitre Connector MD
Mitre Bracket
Part #
12-031
12-032
12-023
19-001
cut off max. 125m
1 pc
1 pc
12-108
20-128Z1
20-127
12-023
36
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
1
2
12-032
20-132
1
Assembly of panel frame using Profiles
32x18 Bi-slot for use on Rolling Door
Guide Profile (12-022)
2
Frame for panels 8mm thick without
gasket or 6mm thick with Panel Gasket 8
(12-106)
3
Milling of 8mm slot is required for
Fastener (20-132) when using 8mm
slot for panels.
4
Frame for holding panels with Clamp Spring
(22-032) or Panel Gasket 10 (12-108).
3
4
Application
Suitable for guarding, sliding doors
and enclosures. Panel up to 9mm thick
may be clamped using clamp spring.
Number of clamps depends on panel
size and load. Panel gaskets 12-106
and 12-108 can be used to secure
6mm (1/4”) panel in T-slots.
22-032
Description
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight 0.67 kg/m
Fastening Set: St, galvanized
Weight 9g
Clamp Spring: St
Weight 4g
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
End Cap 32x18
Fastening Set for 32x18 Bi-Slot Pfl
Clamp Spring
37
5
Part #
12-032
12-032-3
12-032-6
19-001
1 pc
1 set
1 pc
18-807
20-132
22-032
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Rolling Door Guide
1
12-022
1
3
21-067
4
2
1
Length of vertical door frame member: B = A - 112 mm.
For 6mm panel with panel gasket 8 (12-106): C (panel height)= B + 16 mm.
For 8mm panel without gasket: C (panel height) = B + 23 mm
2-3 Connection methods for assembling the Door Guide to 40 series profiles
4
Attaching the 32x18 framed door to the Door Guide Profile. Mitre connection of 32x18
Bi-Slot profile (12-032) for door frame is NOT recommended. See page 23 for detail of door
frame.
5
21-068
Application
Excellent solution for large doors with removable door panels for maintenance.
Example: case packers, material handling and packaging installations,
enclosures for large machinery.
Technical Data
Profile: Al, clear anodized. Weight 1.78 kg/m
Guide Insert:
UHMW, white
with M6x16 Flat point set screw
Weight 45 g
12-421
Roller Insert:
Roller: Delrin, black
Housing: Al, anodized
Pin: Stainless Steel
Description
Unit
Rolling Door Guide Profile
cut off max. 4M
Part #
12-022
19-001
Guide Insert Set
Roller Insert Set
UHMW Guide Profile
21-067
21-068
12-421
1 set
1 set
cut off max 3.1M
38
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Sliding Door Guide
40 Series
B = A - 15mm for removable doors
B = A - 10mm for non-removable doors
12-012
12-013
28/30 Series
Application
Technical Data
To guide light duty panels as sliding
windows and access ports for safety
guards and enclosures. Installation
onto 40, 30 or 28 Series profiles is
accomplished without fasteners by
snapping into T-slot. Design of lower
guide reduces friction of sliding panels.
Design of upper guide facilitates easy,
lift-out removal of door without
disassembly of structure.
Al, clear anodized
Three tracks for panels up to 6.4mm
(1/4") thick
Weight:
12-012, 12-014
0.45 kg/m
12-013, 12-015
0.50 kg/m
Description
Sliding Door Guide 40, Upper
Unit
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
Part #
12-012
12-012-3
Sliding Door Guide 40, Lower
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
12-013
12-013-3
Sliding Door Guide 30/28, Upper
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
12-014
12-014-3
Sliding Door Guide 30/28, Lower
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
12-015
12-015-3
12-014
12-015
1
19-001
5
Stiffener/Handle Profile
Application
Designed as a combination handle and
stiffener for sliding panel doors 1/4” thick.
Panels snap into the profile slot and may
be additionally secured by an adhesive
or fastener.
Description
Stiffener/Handle Profile
39
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight 0.93 kg/m
Unit
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
Part #
12-011
12-011-3
19-001
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
800-333-4932
IPS
Application
Extrusion for mounting 34mm (1.34")
thick insulation panels onto 40 series
profiles. Extrusion can be serviced
to mount on profile using T-slot nuts.
Can also be mounted with double
sided tape.
Panel Extrusion 40
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight 0.48 kg/m
1
Description
Unit
Panel Extrusion 40
cut off max. 6M
Part #
12-018
19-001
Panel Holder
Application
Profile designed for panels 3- 6mm thick.
Built-in seal for splash guard applications.
Can be used for 40, 30 and 28 series
profiles.
Technical Data
Rigid PVC base, with vinyl lip seal
Weight 0.16 kg/m
Description
Panel Holder Profile
Unit
cut off max. 3M
cut off max. 3M
Color
black
gray
Part #
12-016B
12-016G
19-001
Mesh Clamp
Application
Length = A- 1 mm
5
Length = B - 33mm
Wire Mesh Size: A x B less 6 to 10 mm
Captures wire mesh panel up to 5.5mm
thick. Excellent for constructing safety
guards when mesh needs not be
removable. Installation onto 40, 30 or
28 series profiles is accomplished
without fasteners by pressing into Tslot. Support stanchion becomes
integral part of panel frame.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Profile is tapped M6 every 200mm ±
2mm. Includes clamp strip and M6x6
flat point set screws.
Weight 0.53 kg/m
Position for clearance of Std. Fastener
Description
Mesh Clamp Profile
Unit
cut off max. 4M
pkg of 10 at 4M ea.
40
Part #
12-010
12-010-4
19-001
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Rack Angle
67
50.5
27
10.5
(19”)
1
1
3
2
1 Mounting dimensions
2 Inserting rack angle into 40 series T-slot
3 Rack Angle is secured in T-slot with set
screw M6x12
4 Panel is attached to Rack Angle with M5 or
M6 screw and clip nut
5 Non-removable panels can be attached to
the blank Rack Angle with double-sided
tape
12-109M
5
4
12-110M
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Complete with M6x12 flat point set
screws.
Application
Used for attaching standard 19" rack
or other panel to 40 series profile
(30 and 28 series profiles permited,
rack angle must be inserted from
profile end). Clip nuts for panel
mount snap into square holes.
Blank Rack Angle can be machined
to mount any accessories (see 1/4
Turn Receptacle).
Weight:
12-109M 0.62 kg/m
12-110M 0.63 kg/m
Description
Unit
19" Rack Angle
cut off max. 2.048M
Rack Angle, Blank
cut off max. 2.048M
Clip Nut
Application
Square nut with clip attachment for 19"
Rack Angle. Nut snaps into square
holes for attaching panels and accessories.
Description
Clip Nut M5*
Clip Nut M6
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Weight 5g
* Due to almost identical geometric and
dimensionsal shape of M5 and #10-32 UNF
threads, standard #10-32 screws will fit in M5 Clip
Nut.
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
41
Part #
12-109M
12-110M
19-001
Part #
20-075
20-076
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
800-333-4932
Clamp Bar
IPS
Application
For attachment of 40 series profiles to
base plates and other parts. Must be
used in pairs to accomplish proper
clamping of the profile. Not
recommended for use on linear
applications.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight 1.24 kg/m
1
Description
Unit
Clamp Bar Profile
cut off max. 2M
Part #
12-105
19-001
Gusset Profile
Application
Can be cut and machined for custom
gussets and support structures.
Anodizing on request. For standard
gusset brackets see page 74.
Technical Data
Al, mill finish
Weight 4.84 kg/m
Description
Unit
Gusset Profile
cut off max.3M
Part #
20-102Z4
19-002
L-Bracket Profile
Application
Can be cut and machined for custom
floor mounting or other types of
brackets. Anodizing on request. For
standard floor mounting brackets see
page 82.
5
Technical Data
Al, mill finish
Weight 7.52 kg/m
Description
Unit
L-Bracket Profile
cut off max. 3M
42
Part #
21-057Z4
19-002
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
UHMW Slide Bar
12- 400
UHMW slide bar 28/30 between two profiles
UHMW slide strip on a parallel application
Application
Durable, low-friction material, selflubricating and easily machined.
Provides a smooth gliding surface
on a wide range of applications,
from linear systems to adjustable
work surfaces.
Use Slides Bars 12-400 and 12-420 for
40 series profiles, 12-430 for 28 and
30 profiles. Slide Strip 12-410 can be
used with all 40, 30 and 28 series
profiles.
Technical Data
UHMW, white
UHMW, black antistatic (12-420B)
1
12- 420
12- 430
Description
UHMW Slide Bar 40x40
Unit
cut off max. 3M
Part #
12-400
UHMW Slide Bar 40x10
UHMW Slide Bar 40x10, Antistatic
cut off max. 3M
cut off max. 3M
12-420
12-420B
UHMW Slide Bar 28/30x8
cut off max. 3M
12-430
UHMW Slide Strip
cut off max. 3M
12-410
19-001
5
12- 410
43
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Panel & Mesh Gaskets 8
Application
Panel gasket fits 6mm panels. Mesh
gasket for 12 Gage wire mesh. Both
for use on 40, 30 and 28 series profiles.
12-106M
1
12-107M
Technical Data
Molded vinyl, grey
Weight 40 g/m
12-107
12-106
Description
Panel Gasket 8
Unit
cut off max. 30.5M
30.5m roll
Part #
12-106M
12-106R
Mesh Gasket 8
cut off max. 30.5M
30.5m roll
12-107M
12-107R
Panel Gasket 10
Application
Flexible vinyl gasket for use in 10mm
T-slots of 32x18 profiles and 45
series profiles. Holds 6mm (1/4")
panels.
12-031
12-032
Technical Data
Clear vinyl
Weight 90 g/m
45 series
profile
Description
Vinyl Panel Gasket 10
Unit
cut off max. 125m
Part #
12-108
Safety Cover
Application
For caution areas of 40, 30 or 28 series
guards and enclosures.
Technical Data
Rigid PVC, yellow
Weight 0.3 kg
Description
Safety Cover Strip
5
Anti-Skid Cover
Unit
1 pc at 3M
Application
Cover for 40 series profiles only, is used
for non-slip surfaces such as ladders
and stops for sliding doors. Oil and water resistant.
Description
Anti-Skid Cover 40
Technical Data
Rubber, black
Hardness 80 shore
Weight 180 g/m
Unit
cut off max. 20M
44
Part #
12-112
Part #
12-114
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
T-Slot Cover
12-101
1
3
2
1 Entire T-slot cross section can be
utilized as a raceway for wiring and
piping
12-103
2 Aluminum cover strip is easily cut
off with tin snips. See services and tools
1
3 Engraved information plates can be made
from segments
4
5
a= max 1.5-2mm (20 series)
a= 4-6mm (40 series)
a= 6mm (28,30 series)
4 Cover/gasket strip used as a T-slot cover
12-115
12-111B
12-116B
17-111B
12-102
5 Cover/gasket strip used as a gasket
Application
Dust-tight covers and gaskets for all
IPS profiles. Covers provide flush
surfaces, making the entire T-slot
available as conduit for wiring and
piping. Aluminium covers are easily
engraved.
Technical Data
Cover/gasket: Polypropylene, semiclear, black or yellow
PVC cover, black or blue
Aluminum cover, clear or black anodized
Description
Cover/Gasket Strip 40
Unit
1 pc at 2M
Weight
52 g
Color
clear
black
yellow
Part #
12-101
12-101B
12-101Y
1 pc at 2M
33 g
clear
black
yellow
12-103
12-103B
12-103Y
1 pc at 2M
27 g
clear
black
12-115
12-115B
PVC Cover Strip 40
1 pc at 2M
44 g
black
blue
12-111B
12-111BL
PVC Cover Strip 30/28
1 pc at 2M
27 g
black
12-116B
PVC Cover Strip 45
1 pc at 2M
59 g
black
17-111B
Aluminum Cover Strip 40
1 pc at 2M
50 g
clear
black
12-102
12-102B
Aluminium Cover Strip 30/28
1 pc at 2M
35 g
clear
black
12-104
12-104B
12-104
Inquire about quantity discounts
45
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
End Caps
1
40, 30 & 28 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
For covering the ends of profiles after
application assembly.
20 Series
Secure End Cap
Description (Size AxB)
40 Series
40x40
40x40 Heavy Square
40x40 Quarter Round
80x40
40x100
80x80
40x120
80x120
16x40
16x80
16x160
160x28
160x40
160x80
40x40-45º
40-45°
40-60°
50x50
30 Series
30x30
30x60
60x60
28 Series
28x28
28x56
28x28-45o
20 Series
20x10
20x20
20x40
40x40, 20 series
20x60
20x80
80x14
7mm Access Hole Plug
Technical Data
Unit
Weight (g)
Part #
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
7
10
18-813
18-805
18-843
18-814
18-804
18-815
18-840
18-841
18-811
18-812
18-806
18-816
18-817
18-818
18-820
18-845
18-860
18-810
15
20
28
22
43
4
6
10
20
28
66
6
10
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
18-803
18-863
18-866
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
4
8
18-808
18-809
18-844
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
0.5
1
2
4
3
4
3
18-830
18-802
18-831
18-832
18-834
18-835
18-833
18-710
Application
Used for covering the ends of profiles.
End cap can be additionally secured
with M4x12 flat head screw (order
separately) and can be re-used after
screw removed. No profile servicing is
required.
5
Technical Data
Screw - St., black oxide
See Conduit section for Conduit Caps
Description
M4x12 Flat Head Cap Screw
46
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
pkg of 100
Weight
7g
23 g
26 g
Part #
18-913
18-914
18-915
18-919
24-212-4
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
Conduit Elements
IPS
800-333-4932
The conduit elements for cable and hose
installation offer great variety and are
quickly and easily assembled. Anodized
aluminum profiles provide rigidity with
low weight. The elements are in the
40mm modular dimension and are fully
compatible with all other standard
elements.
The conduit elements are resistant to
twisting; which is very important in a
cantilevered application. They may be
integrated into the construction as a
structural support.
Modular Dimensions
1
Assembly of
Conduit Elements
The conduit is made up of high tensile
strength aluminum elements:
Wall duct profile 40, 80 and 120
Conduit support profile 40, 80, 120
and 160 (with or without T-slot)
Wall duct profiles of any required length
are snapped into a support profile.
Another support profile closes the duct
with a "snap in" fit. The conduit may be
secured with screws where necessary.
1
5
2
1 Scored groove for
locating locking screw
(24-695) in Support Profile.
2 Locking screw turned
into the pre-extruded
threads of the support
wall profiles.
47
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Assembly of
Conduit Elements
2
3
1
1
4
5
1 May be attached to any
IPS profile using standard
T-slot fastening methods
such as the T-slot nuts
2-3 Scored grooves
simplify locating of any
necessary holes
6
4 The cable duct may be
opened with a screw driver
5 Wall segments with or
without predrilled holes can
be provided
5
7
6 The conduit crosssection may be reduced or
enlarged for customized
applications
7 Conduits are lengthened
by overlapping (staggering)
support and wall profiles
8
8 Openings may be
produced by sliding the
profiles
9-10 Switch box made of
conduit elements
9
10
48
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
Examples
2
1
3
1
1 Transfer system
installation with conduit
elements
2 Cable exits in wall
segment 160x80
3 Distribution panel
constructed of conduit
80x80
4 Pneumatic control
system with separate
installation of cables and
hoses with conduits
80x40
4
5 Assembly of conduit
elements mitered at 45°
5
5
49
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Cross Sections
1
Conduits without T-slots
1
40x40
2
40x80
3
40x120
4
40x160
5
80x40
6
80x80
7
80x120
8
80x160
9
80x80-45º
10
120x40
11
120x80
12
120x120
13
120x160
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
80x160-20º
Conduits with T-slots on one side
15
40x40
16
40x80
17
40x120
18
40x160
19
80x40
20
80x80
21
80x120
22
80x160
23
80x80-45º
24
120x40
25
120x80
26
120x120
27
120x160
28
80x160-20º
Conduits with T-slots on both sides
29
30
31
32
33
80x80
80x120
80x160
120x80
120x120
34
120x160
5
Conduits with Partitions
35
40x80
36
40x120
37
40x160
38
80x80
39
80x120
40
80x160
41
120x80
42
120x120
43
120x160
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
50
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
Conduit Support
15-080
Application
Bottom or cover element for conduit
assemblies.
Description
Support Profile 40
15-040
IPS
800-333-4932
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight, kg/m
15-040 0.49
15-080 0.76
15-120 0.98
15-160 1.25
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
Part #
15-040
15-040-3
15-040-6
19-001
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-080
15-080-3
15-080-6
19-001
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-120
15-120-3
15-120-6
19-002
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-160
15-160-3
15-160-6
19-002
Support Profile 80
Support Profile 120
Support Profile 160
15-120
15-160
Transparent Cover
Application
Transparent cover profiles for conduit
elements designed for easy viewing of
conduit contents. Snaps into place
with standard conduit elements.
Technical Data
Plastic, clear
Weight, kg/m
15-046 0.15
15-086 0.24
Description
Transparent Cover Profile 40
Unit
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
Part #
15-046
15-046-3
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
15-086
15-086-3
15-046
1
19-001
15-086
51
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Profiles
Conduit Support
with T-Slot
15-041
Application
Bottom or cover element for conduit
assemblies. T-Slots accept all 40
series hardware.
Description
Support Profile 40 w/ T-slot
1
IPS
800-333-4932
15-081
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight, kg/m
15-041 0.60
15-081 1.32
15-121 1.68
15-161 2.29
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
Part #
15-041
15-041-3
15-041-6
19-001
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-081
15-081-3
15-081-6
19-001
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-121
15-121-3
15-121-6
19-002
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-161
15-161-3
15-161-6
19-002
Support Profile 80 w/ T-slot
Support Profile 120 w/T-slot
Support Profile 160 w/T-slot
15-121
15-161
TS35 DIN Rail
5
Locking screw (24-695) optional
15-083
Application
Rail for mounting terminal blocks and
circuit breakers. Snaps into place on
Conduit Support Profile w/ T-slots 80,
120 and 160.
Description
TS35 DIN Rail Profile
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight 0.25 kg/m
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
52
Part #
15-083
15-083-3
15-083-6
19-001
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
Wall Duct Profile
Application
Used for sides of conduit and as a
divider for separating interior channels.
15-042
15-082
IPS
800-333-4932
Description
Wall Duct Profile 40
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight, kg/m
15-042 0.21
15-082 0.55
15-122 0.81
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
Part #
15-042
15-042-3
15-042-6
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-082
15-082-3
15-082-6
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-122
15-122-3
15-122-6
1
15-122
19-001
Angled Support
15-085
15-162
Application
Cover element for conduit assemblies.
Snaps into place with duct wall support
profile 80. Attractive and suitable to
build consoles and control boxes.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight, kg/m
15-085 1.03
15-162 1.20
5
Description
Support Profile 80x80-45°
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
Part #
15-085
15-085-3
15-085-6
Support Profile 160-20°
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
pkg of 10 at 6M ea.
15-162
15-162-3
15-162-6
53
19-002
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Conduit Caps
1
Recommended location of 5mm hole for locking
screw on custom conduit caps (note orientation)
Application
Face covering for sealing the end
openings of Conduit Systems. Not for
use on 40 series profiles.
Description (AxB)
Conduit Cap 40x40
80x40
80x80
40x120
80x120
120x120
120x160
160x40
160x80
80x80-45º
160x80-20º
Technical Data
Unit
Weight (g)
1 pc
8
1 pc
14
1 pc
30
1 pc
30
1 pc
50
1 pc
70
1 pc
90
1 pc
30
1 pc
58
set of 2, R/L
50
set of 2, R/L 100
Part #
15-803
15-804
15-805
15-810
15-811
15-812
15-813
15-806
15-807
15-808
15-809
5
54
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Profiles
IPS
800-333-4932
Locking Screw
1
Application
Locking screw for conduit assemblies
and conduit caps. The screw breaks
anodized coating and establishes a
positive ground between the profiles
Description
Locking Screw 4.2 x 9.5
Technical Data
St, galvanized
4.2 x 9.5mm, DIN 7971
Weight 2 g
Unit
1 pc
Part #
24-695
5
55
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Hardware and Fastening Components
2
Safe Load
Pull Test
40 Series Standard
with T-slot Nut
40 Series Heavy
with T-slot Nut
40 Series Heavy
with T-Nut HD
2,500 N
(560 lbs)
5,000 N
(1,125 lbs)
8,000 N
(1,800 lbs)
Two pieces of 40x40 Heavy profile were assembled to form a tee with a standard
fastener and a button head screw. Force was applied until the tee started to
separate. The profile failed before the fastener. The profiles were still held together at the end of the test. There were no catastrophic failures. Extra screw
length beyond standard 20mm did not significantly change test results.
Screw
M8x20
M8x25
M8x30
56
Engaged
length
15 mm
20 mm
25 mm
Force
N
Lbs
24,954
5,609
25,354
5,699
26,777
6,019
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Hardware
IPS
Basic Fastening Components
THREAD SIZE
40
Standard Fastener
M5
M8
5/16-18”
Universal Fastener
20-002, 20-002SS 20-003, 20-003SS
25-003
M4
M6
M8
5/16-18”
T-Slot Nut, St
M4
M 5 (#10-32) 4
M6
M8
1/4-20”
5/16-18”
20-052
20-052
20-056, 20-056SS 20-056, 20-056SS
20-058, 20-058SS 20-058, 20-058SS
25-001
25-001
25-002
25-002
20-049
20-050
HD T-Slot Nut
M6
M8
20-060
20-064
M8
20-063
Economy T-Slot Nut
1
1,3
Offset Economy T-Slot Nut
T-Slot Nut, Zn
M4
M 5 (#10-32) 4
M6
M8
1/4-20”
5/16-18”
1,3
20-021
20-005 1
20-004
25-004
M 8, A=24
M 8, A=40
Double HD T-Slot Nut
20-003,
20-003SS
20
20-040
20-008
Double T-Slot Nut
1,2
FOR PROFILE SERIES
30
28
20-044
20-045
20-055 1
20-057 1
2
20-049
20-050
20-084
20-085
20-080
20-081, 20-081SS
20-083
20-082
20-090
20-091
20-093
20-092
20-090
20-091
20-093
20-092
M6
M8
1/4-20”
5/16-18”
20-190
20-181
20-193
20-182
20-190
20-190
20-193
20-193
M3
M4
M 5 (#10-32) 4
20-033
20-034
20-035
20-036
20-037
20-038
20-036
20-037
20-038
Notes:
1) T-Slot Nut must be inserted from profile end.
2) Retainer Spring 20-0614 is available for HD T-Slot Nuts.
3) Retainer Springs 24-719-6 and 24-719-8 are available for M6 (1/4-20”) and M8 (5/16-18”) Economy T-Slot Nuts.
4) Due to the almost identical geometric and dimensional shape of M5 and #10-32 UNF threads, standard #10-32 screws will fit in all M5 T-Slot Nuts.
57
Houston, Tx 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Standard
Fastening Set
1
2
1
2
3
3
Location of access holes for hexagon wrench, number dimension represents center
dimensions of pilot holes.
Multiple fastening elements are required for the various profile cross sections.
Joining and assembly of profiles with the Standard Fastening Set
Application
Provides power-lock connection and
alignment of profiles.
20-014 is recommended for use on 40
series Light and Closed Slot profiles.
2
Profile
Series Type
A
Std M8x20
40
SS M8x20
SAE 5/16-18x3/4”
Light M8x18
50
Std M8x20
Std M8x18
30
SS M8x16
Std M8x18
28
SS M8x16
20
Std M5x12
Hex
5
3/16”
5
Dimensions (mm)
B
C
D
E
36
7.8
17
11
32
46
F
G
H
2.9
16
40
2.3
2.9
30
23.7
7.8
16
8.9
1.9
16
28
3
19
4.8
10
4.5
1.1
10
20
Technical Data
Plate: St, zinc plated or
stainless steel (SS)
To make SAE Standard Fastening Set 28 use
fastening plate (20-003Z1) and 5/16”-18 x 5/8”
BHCS (25-110-5)
Torque Weight
(Nm)
(g)
Part #
25
25
20-002
20
7
20
21
20-002SS
25
25-003
25
41
20-014
25,20
27
20-051
25
15
20-003
15
20
14
20-003SS
25
15
20-003
14
20
14
20-003SS
10
4.3
4.5
5
20-021
K
L
Add “Z1” to part number for a fastening plate without screw (i.e. 20-002Z1)
Flat Plate
Fastening Set
1
1
Connecting Closed Slot
Profiles
2
Using M8x10 BHCS
(24-110-8) and Flat Plate
(20-028Z1) for connecting
28 series profiles
2
Application
Flat Plate Fastening Set is suitable for
connecting two profiles at 90° when
Standard Fastener can not be used.
Description
Flat Plate Fastening Set
Flat Plate (w/o screw)
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Tightening torque: 25 Nm
Unit
1 set
1 pc
Weight
13 g
6g
Part #
20-028
20-028Z1
58
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Hardware
Universal
Fastening Set
4
5
1
2
1-2 90º connection of facing profiles
movable in T-slot
3
Step bore dimensions
4
Structural applications require one
fastener for each connecting T-slot on
both sides of the profile
5
Univ. Fast. Set 20-011 for attaching 28
series profile to 40 series profile
3
Application
For 90º profile connections and movable
connections. Ideal for retrofit/additions
to existing frames.
Fastening set 20-011 used to connect
28 series profiles to 40 series profiles.
Fastening set 28 20-005: T-slot nut 28
must be inserted at end of profile and
slid to proper position.
Profile
Series
Technical Data
Zn cast, galvanized
Includes screw and T-slot Nut, St.
Tightening torque
40 & 50 series: 25 Nm
30 & 28 series: 14 Nm
20 series: 3 Nm
Dimensions (mm)
Hex B C
M8x30 BHCS
5
40, 50 5/16-18x1/4” BHCS
3/16” 16
28
M6x27 SHCS
8
28/40 M6x30 SHCS
5
11
30
20
A
M6x27 SHCS
M4x14 SHCS
3
8.5
5
D
E
33.8
33.8
31.3
33.5
31.3
17.2
20
12
Universal Zinc Casting 40 (w/o screw and T-nut)
Universal Zinc Casting 28 (w/o screw and T-nut)
F
20
10
Weight
(g)
41
41
30
36
31
7
Part #
20-004
25-004
20-005
20-011
20-008
20-040
20-004Z1
20-005Z1
59
Houston, Tx 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Profile-to-Wall
Fastening Set
Application
For connection of 40 series profiles to
other parts without T-slots, particularly
Corner Elements and Reversing Units.
Technical Data
Zn cast, galvanized
Includes M8x30 BHCS and M8 rib
spring washer
Description
Profile-to-Wall Fastening Set M8
Profile-to-Wall Casting (w/o screw,washer)
Unit
1 set
1 pc
Weight
32 g
20 g
Part #
20-015
20-015Z1
2 Butt-Fastening Set
20-006
1
2
1-2 Processing of profiles and assembly of
the connection.
3
The number of fasteners required is
determined by the size of the profile.
3
20-012
Application
For end-face fastening (lengthening) of
profiles. Use M8 Fastener for 40 and 50
series profiles. Use M6 fastener for 28
and 30 series profiles and pneumatic
applications on 40 series profiles.
Description
Butt-Fastening Set M8
Technical Data
Zn cast, galvanized
20-006 includes M8x45 BHCS
20-012 includes M6x50 SHCS and M6
hex nut
Tightening torque: 20-006 = 25 Nm
20-012 = 14 Nm
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
59 g
45 g
Part #
20-006
20-012
60
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Hardware
Parallel Clamp
1
2
1-2 Installation
3
4
3 Profiles at 90º
Application
For parallel clamping 40 series profiles
in any angular position. No machining of
profiles is necessary.
Description
Parallel Clamp 40
4 Profile at angles
Technical Data
St, stainless
M6x20 FHCS, M6x14 Low socket
head screw, T-slot nut M6
Tightening torque: 5.5 Nm
Unit
1 set
Weight
37 g
Part #
20-017
2
Self-Tapping
Connector
2
1
1 Slide screw into slot of
profile
2 Install the self-tapping
fastener with 6mm hexagon
wrench
3 Insert the T-slot nut and
attach the connector with
5mm hexagon wrench.
Install plastic cover
3
Application
For right angle attachment of 40 series
profiles. Particularly suitable for
retrofitting to existing structures, as no
servicing is needed. The self-tapping
fastener is inserted into end of any T-slot
from the end face. Left handed threads.
Description
Self-Tapping Connector 40
61
Technical Data
St, zinc plated self-tapping fastener
M6x40 SHCS, M6 T-slot nut 40,
black nylon cover.
Unit
1 set
Weight
34 g
Part #
20-019
Houston, Tx 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Mitre Connector
1 Machining of 40x40 profile for Mitre Connector HD 20-022
4 Mitre Connectors should not be
used as structural fasteners
2
20-022
2 Machining of 28x28 profile for Mitre Connector MD 20-024
5 Use of Joining Plates adds
rigidity to connections
20-024
3 Machining of 32x18 Mono-Slot profile for 90° Mitre
Connector 20-128. See profile section for more application
examples.
Application
For connecting guarding applications
at various angles.
20-022 used with 40 series profiles.
20-024 used with 30, 28 series profiles.
20-128
20-127
20-128 used with 30, 28 series profiles
and 32x18 mono-slot profile. It is inserted
into 6.8mm pilot hole of the profile without
machining. Requires two holes for the
set screw.
Use mitre bracket 20-127 to prevent
twisting of connected 32x18 mono-slot
profiles. (See page 36 for application
details)
Description
Mitre Connector HD w/ 40 Fast. Set
Mitre Connector MD w/ 28 Fast. Set
Mitre Connector MD
90° Mitre Connector w/ 28 Fast. Set
90° Mitre Connector
Mitre Bracket
62
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
40 Fastening Set includes two M8
Economy T-slot nuts 40 and two
M8x16 Cone point set screws.
28 Fastening Set includes: two M6
Economy T-slot nuts 28 and two
M6x12 Cone point set screws.
Mitre Bracket: Al, anodized
Loctite® Thread Locker No. 262
recommended to secure setscrews
Unit
1 set
1 set
1 pc
1 set
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
67 g
31 g
17 g
31 g
16 g
4g
Part #
20-022
20-024
20-024Z1
20-128
20-128Z1
20-127
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
T-Slot Nut St
Locating the T-slot nut using the spring/ball locking feature for easy locating and mounting on
vertical profiles.
Technical Data
Metric - clear zinc plated
English - black zinc plated
Parts designated with “SS” at the end
are stainless steel
Application
Universal mounting element for profiles.
40, 30 and 20 series nuts can be inserted
into profile T-slot at any location. Positive
location using ball/spring thrusting
mechanism.
* Due to the almost identical geometric and
dimensional shape of M5 and #10-32 UNF
threads, standard #10-32 screws will fit in all
M5 T-slot nuts.
28 series T-slot nut slides into profile
slot from end face of profile.
Profile
Dimensions (mm)
Series
A
B
C
D
M5*
20-055
20-057
28
20
M8
1/4”-20
5/16”-18
M6
M8
M4
M5*
Weight
(g)
11
11
11
10
11
10
9
7.3
13.8
23
7.5
5.5
6.5
7.5
6.5
7.5
7.5
7.3
13.8
23
5.5
10
4
8
11.5
4
1
Unit
1pc
1pc
Weight
10 g
10 g
M6
40, 30
E
Part #
20-052
20-056
20-056SS
20-058
20-058SS
25-001
25-002
20-055
20-057
20-044
20-045
Self-Aligning
T-Slot Nut
Application
Rolls into the profile T-slot 40 at any
location. Held in position using
spring-loaded ball. Raised area fits
into T-slot to prevent twisting. The nut
should not be used in applications
where the raised area might interfere
with other object such as aligment
tabs on universal fasteners, hinges,
etc. The nut also fits T-slot 28 and 30
but must be inserted from the profile
end.
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Description
Self-Aligning T-Slot Nut 40, M6
63
Part #
20-066
20-068
Houston, Tx 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Double T-Slot Nut
1
2
4
5
7
8
3
20-049
6
Double T-slot Nut 40, M8/40
used for fastening
1
Joining Plates,
2
Gusset Brackets,
3
Floor Mtg Brackets,
4
Base Plates,
5
Hinges,
6
Parts Bins and
7
Profile Slide Blocks
8
Dbl. T-slot Nut 40, M8/24
used for fastening
Medium Hinge 40
2
20-050
Application
Universal mounting element for wide variety of applications where fastening
hardware requires two M8 T-slot nuts. Roll-in T-slot nuts 20-049 and 20-050 can
be inserted into the profile T-slot at any location, use with 40 and 30 series profiles.
Heavy duty T-slot nut 20-063 must be inserted from the profile end, use with 40
series profiles only.
20-063
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Description
Double T-Slot Nut M8/24
Double T-Slot Nut M8/40
Double HD T-Slot Nut 40
T-Slot Nut HD
Weight
15 g
23 g
25 g
Part #
20-049
20-050
20-063
Application
For loads requiring heavy duty support
on 40 series heavy profiles.
Recommended for mounting Bearing
Units.
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
20-060
Description
T-Slot Nut HD, M6
T-Slot Nut HD, M8
Retainer Spring for HD T-Slot Nut
20-064
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
pkg of 100
Weight
13 g
13 g
Part #
20-060
20-064
20-0614
64
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Hardware
Economy T-Slot Nut
Standard
Application
Economic solution for fastening various
hardware to profiles. Economy T-slot
nut slides into profile from end face. Tslot nuts can be secured in vertical
positions with compression spring.
Technical Data
Steel,
Metric - zinc plated
English - black oxide
SS - stainless steel
M5 T-slot nuts.
Offset
Standard
Profile
series
40
30, 28
Offset
20
40
30, 28
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
M6
M8
M8
25
5/16-18
5/16-18
1/4-20
M6
M6
M8
20.5
5/16-18
1/4-20
1/4-20
M4
16
M5*
A
M8
5/16-18
M6
1/4-20
Weight
C
D
(g)
16
3.6
10
13
3.2
5
9.6
2.4
1
B
C
D
E
Weight
25
16
3.6
7.1
10
20.5
13
3.2
6.4
5
Description
Compression Spring, for Economy T-slot Nuts M6
Compression Spring, for Economy T-slot Nuts M8
Economy Drop-In
T-Slot Nut
Application
For attaching small parts and
accessories to 40, 30 and 28 series
profiles. Can be inserted into T-slot at
any location. For light duty applications
only.
Description
Economy Drop-In T-Slot Nut, M6
65
Unit
pkg/100
pkg/100
Part #
20-080
20-081
20-081SS
20-082
25-082SS
20-083
20-090
20-090SS
20-091
20-092
20-093
25-093SS
20-084
20-085
Part #
20-181
20-182
20-190
20-193
Part #
24-719-6
24-719-8
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Unit
1 pc
Weight
4g
Part #
20-172
Houston, Tx 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
T-Slot Nut Zn
For positioning on
vertical profiles, the
T-slot Nut is preset.
Fastening is effected
by tightening the
tapered T-slot Nut Zn.
1 Insert
2 Turn
Application
Universal mounting element. Wedges
into the profile when tightened. Can be
inserted into T-slot at any position.
2
Series
40
30, 28
A
M3
M4
M5*
M3
M4
M5*
3 Fasten
Technical Data
Zn cast, galvanized
M5 T-slot nuts.
Dimensions (mm)
B
C
D
E
Weight
(g)
27
8.1
7.9
7.7
5
27
7.9
7.9
6
5
Part #
20-033
20-034
20-035
20-036
20-037
20-038
T-Bolt 40
Application
Conveniently threaded stud with T-slot
nut for insertion into T-slots of 40 series
profiles. Used to attach equipment and
fixtures to profiles.
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Description
T-Bolt 40 M8x25
T-Bolt 40 M8x40
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
66
Weight
1g
2g
Part #
24-425-8
24-440-8
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Pin Element
Application
Prevents dislocation under high loads
on 40 series profiles. Recommended
use in pairs. Drill profiles for 5.9mm
diameter.
Description
Pin Element
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Includes cup point set screw M6x12 and
pull dowel, 6x16 DIN 7979. Dislocation
stability of the connection per element
= max. 3000N (675 lbs.)
Unit
1 set
Anodize Breaker
Weight
34 g
Part #
20-020
Application
For penetrating anodizing and providing
grounding continuity between 40, 50
and 30 series profiles.
Technical Data
St, galvanized with dog point set screw
M6x12
Description
Anodize Breaker
Unit
1 pc
Weight
3g
Part #
20-070
T-Slot Bar
20-032
Application
Fastening element for easy attachment
of valves, limit switches and peripherals.
Bar stock for custom length T-slot nuts
on 40 series profiles. T-slot Bar St
(20-059) also used on 30 series profiles.
Description
T-Slot Bar Al
T-Slot Bar St
T-Slot Bar HD
Technical Data
20-032: Al, clear anodized
Max. tapped hole: M5 (#10-32)
20-059, 20-062: St
Max. tapped hole: M8 (5/16”)
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.11 kg
.26 kg
.42 kg
Part #
20-032
20-059
20-062
20-059
20-062
67
Houston, Tx 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
(Hexagon Socket)
2
M3x0.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Metric Screws
Length of screw
2 4 - x yyy - zz
Thread Size
Screw type
1- Button Head
2 - Flat Head
3 - Socket Head
Order unit: pkg of 100
Example: 24-120-8 Qty 0.15 = M8x20 Button Head Cap Screw - 15 pcs.
M4x0.7
M5x0.8
M6x1.0
M8x1.25
M10x1.5
X
X
The chart below shows the standard
stocked screws. To determine the part
number of a screw needed refer to the
formula. Partly/fully threaded. Properties class 8.8 or better. Finish may
vary between Zinc plated or black
oxide. Some screws available in Stainless Steel. Check with your local Service Center or current Price List for a
complete listing.
Metric Screws
Length
mm
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
25
27
28
30
33
35
40
45
50
60
80
90
100
120
IPS
800-333-4932
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Button Head
Metric Screw Dimensions (mm)
Flat Head
Thread
T
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
Button Head
Dk
K
S
5.7 1.65
2
7.6 2.2 2.5
9.5 2.75
3
10.5 3.3
4
14
4.4
5
17.5 5.5
6
21
6.6
8
Flat Head
Dk
K
S
6
1.7
2
8
2.3 2.5
10
2.8
3
12
3.3
4
16
4.4
5
20
5.5
6
24
6.5
8
Socket Head
Dk
K
S
5.5
3
2.5
7
4
3
8.5
5
4
10
6
5
13
8
6
16
10
8
18
12
10
Socket Head
68
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Hardware
IPS
Washers, Hexagon Nuts, Set Screws
Flat Washer
24-700-x
Lock Washer
24-707-x
Rib Spring Washer
24-718-x
Washers
Spring Washer
24-708-x
Cone Point Set Screw
24-5xx-xC
Dog Point Set Screw
24-5xx-xD
Lock Nut
24-716-x
Flat Point Set Screw
24-5xx-xF
Cup Point Set Screw
24-5xx-xU
Flat Washer M5
Flat Washer M6
Flat Washer M8
Unit
pkg/100
pkg/100
pkg/100
Part #
24-700-5
24-700-6
24-700-8
Lock Washer M8
pkg/100
24-707-8
Spring Washer M8
Spring Washer M10
pkg/100
pkg/100
24-708-8
24-708-10
Safety Spring Washer M8
pkg/100
24-709-8
Rib Spring Washer M8
pkg/100
24-718-8
Setscrews (Hexagon Socket) Unit
Hexagon Nuts
Hex Nut M3
Hex Nut M4
Hex Nut M5
Hex Nut M6
Hex Nut M8
Hex Nut M10
Hex Nut M12
Hex Nut M16
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
24-706-3
24-706-4
24-706-5
24-706-6B
24-706-8
24-706-10
24-706-12
24-706-16
Lock Nut M6
Lock Nut M8
1 pc
1 pc
24-716-6
24-716-8
Cone Point Set Screw M5x6
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Part #
24-506-5C
24-508-6C
24-510-6C
24-512-6C
24-510-8C
24-516-8C
Dog Point Set Screw M6x12
Dog Point Set Screw M8x30
1 pc
1 pc
24-512-6D
24-530-8D
Flat Point Set Screw M5x6
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
24-506-5F
24-516-5F
24-506-6F
24-512-6F
24-516-6F
24-510-8F
24-525-10F
Cup Point Set Screw M8x8
1 pc
24-508-8U
English Screws
(Hexagon Socket)
Description
Button Head Screw #10-32 x 5/8”
Button Head Screw 1/4-20 x 1/2"
Button Head Screw 5/16-18 x 1 1/4”
69
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Part #
25-110-2
25-108-4
25-110-4
25-112-4
25-108-5
25-110-5
25-112-5
25-118-5
Houston, Tx 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Corner Bracket
22-146
1
3
2
18-821
2
18-822
4
5
1 Connecting three 40x40 quarter round profiles 10-043 using 22-146 and 18-821
2 Connecting three 40x40-45° profiles 10-044 or 11-044 using 22-146 and 18-822
18-836
3 Connecting two 40x40-45° profiles 10-044 or 11-044 and a 40x40 bi-slot corner 10-140
using 22-146 and 18-836
4 Connecting three 30x30 quarter round profiles 12-033 using 22-150 and 22-151
5 Connecting three 30x30 bi-slot corner profiles 12-034 using 22-150 and 22-152
22-150
22-151
Application
Corner brackets are used for connecting
40 and 30 series profiles at right angles.
Aesthetic solution for construction of
display cases, tables, cover hoods, etc.
Choice of corner caps allow for various
profile combinations. Profile ends must
be tapped to accept M8 screw.
Technical Data
Bracket: Die cast zinc
22-146 includes three M8x20 BHCS
22-150 includes three M8x20 FHCS
Cap: glass-filled nylon, black
Description
Corner Bracket 40
Connector Cap 40, Radius
Connector Cap 40, 3x45°
Unit
1 set
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
120 g
8g
9g
10 g
Part #
22-146
18-821
18-822
18-836
Corner Bracket 30
Connector Cap 30, Square
1 set
1 pc
1 pc
69 g
4g
7g
22-150
22-151
22-152
22-152
70
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Hardware
IPS
Corner Connector
18-826
Application
Suitable for clean room environments.
Designed for use with 40 or 28 Series
closed slot profiles. Includes access
plugs.
Profile ends must be tapped to accept
M8 screw.
18-827
Description
2-Way Corner Connector 40 w/2 plugs
Connector Plug 40
Connector Plug 28
18-829
T-Joint Connector
Technical Data
Block 40: Zn cast, powder coat
Block 28: Al, black anodized
Plug 40: Low density polyethylene, grey
Plug 28: acetal (Delrin), black
Order all hardware separately.
40 series: M8x20 BHCS (24-120-8)
28 series: M8x16 FHCS (24-216-8)
Unit
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.26 kg
.26 kg
28 g
1g
1g
Part #
18-826
18-827
18-829
18-711
18-712
Application
Suitable for clean room environments.
Reduces cavity of profile radius on a Tor Corner connection. Designed for use
with 40 Series Standard closed slot
profiles.
Technical Data
Zn cast, clear chromate
18-823
Fastening set 20-029 includes one flat
plate and one M8x20 BHCS.
18-824
18-825
Description
T-Joint Connector 40, No Notch
T-Joint Connector 40, Single Notch
T-Joint Connector 40, Double Notch
T-Connector Fastening Set 40
71
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 set
Weight
57 g
55 g
55 g
15 g
Part #
18-823
18-824
18-825
20-029
Houston, Tx 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Joining Plates 40
20-108
2
20-109
20-111
20-110
20-112
Application
Exterior joining plates for fastening
40 series profiles together without
servicing.
Technical Data
Al, anodized, 6.4mm (1/4”) thick
Hole dia. 9mm
M8 T-slot nut 40 (20-058, 20-064, 20-081, 20-181,20-050) and M8x18 BHCS
(24-118-8)
20-113
Description
Joining Plate 1, 80
Corner Joining Plate 40
T-Joining Plate 40
Joining Plate 2, 40
Joining Plate 2, 80
T-Joining Plate 80
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
86 g
163 g
163 g
90 g
188 g
341 g
341 g
Part #
20-108
20-109
20-110
20-111
20-112
20-113
20-114
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 set
Weight
40 g
33 g
5g
Part #
22-140
22-141
20-009
20-114
Connecting
Elements 40
Application
Exterior elements for fastening 40 series
profiles together without servicing.
Technical Data
22-140
22-141
Fastening Set (20-009) includes one
M8 T-slot nut and one M8x16 FHCS
Description
Connecting Element 40, Flat
Connecting Element 40, 90°
Fastening Set for Conn. Elements 40
72
Houston , TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Hardware
IPS
Joining Plates
& Connecting
Elements 28 (30)
22-145
22-143
Application
Exterior elements for fastening 28 series profiles together without servicing. In
many applications, 28 series connecting elements can be used for connecting 30
series profiles.
20-104
Technical Data
For attaching 20-104, 20-105, 20-106
to 28 series profile: M8 T-slot nut (20-091, 20-057) and M8x10 BHCS (24-110-8)
to 30 series profile: M8 T-slot nut (20-058,20-091) and M8x12 BHCS (24-112-8)
20-105
20-106
For attaching 22-143, 22-145
to 28 series profile: M6 T-slot nut (20-090, 20-190, 20-055, 20-172) and M6x10
FHCS (24-212-8)
to 30 series profile: M6 T-slot nut (20-056, 20-190,20-190, 20-175) and M6x12
FHCS (24-212-6)
Description
Joining Plate 28-40
T-Joining Plate 28
Connecting Element 28, 90°
Connecting Element 28, Flat
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
20 g
39 g
39 g
40 g
33 g
Part #
20-104
20-105
20-106
22-143
22-145
Connecting
Elements 20
20-115
20-116
Application
Exterior elements for fastening 20
series profiles together without
servicing.
20-117
20-118
Technical Data
Hole dia. 5.5mm
M5 T-slot nut 20 (20-045, 20-085) and M5x8 BHCS (24-108-5)
Description
Connecting Angle 20
Connecting Angle 20, Double
Connecting Plate 20, 1
73
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
5g
11 g
7g
11 g
Part #
20-115
20-116
20-117
20-118
Houston, Tx 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
Mounting Plate
IPS
Application
Designed for mounting 40x16 profile at
90° angle to any 40 series profile.
for 40x16 Profile
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Order all hardware separately
M8x16 SHCS (24-316-8),
M8 T-slot nut 40 (20-058),
two M6x16 FHCS (24-216-6)
22-139
Description
Mounting Plate for 40x16 Profile
Unit
1 pc
Weight
19 g
Part #
22-139
2 Gusset Bracket
20-101
Application
Gusset used to attach profiles at 90°
angles. Can also be used as
additional bracing at joints.
20-101 is used for 28 and 30 series
profiles, 20-102, 20-103 for 40 series.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
20-102
40 series: M8x20 BHCS (24-120-8), M8 T-slot nut 40 (20-058, 20-050, 20-081 or
20-064)
30 series: M6x16 BHCS (24-116-6), M6 T-slot nut 30 (20-056, 20-090 or 20-190)
28 series: M6x16 BHCS (24-116-6), M6 T-slot nut 28 (20-055, 20-090 or 20-190)
20-103
Description
Gusset Bracket 80x28
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
74
Weight
.11 kg
.14 kg
.31 kg
Part #
20-101
20-102
20-103
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Corner Element
21-035
Fastening Set for Corner Element 1 or 3
(without cross piece and Fastening set 20015)
Fastening set for Corner Element 2
21-036
2
Different configurations for mounting Corner
Element 1
Different configurations for mounting Corner
Element 2
Application
Designed for attaching profiles at 45°.
Ideal for trusses and bracing.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
21-037
21-038
Description
Corner Element 1, 40
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
71 g
45 g
Part #
21-035
21-036
1 pc
1 pc
67 g
133 g
21-037
21-038
1 pc
1 pc
73 g
150 g
21-135
21-136
End Cap 40x40-45°
1 pc
6g
18-820
21-135
21-136
75
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Clamp Block
20-018-1
Application
Cost effective solution for simple frame,
guarding and other applications that do
not require high accuracy. Not recommended for linear applications. Must be
used in pairs to accomplish proper
clamping of 40 series profile.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
M8 T-slot nut HD (20-064) and M8x30
BHCS (24-130-8)
20-018-2
Description
Clamp Block 1
Clamp Block 2
Clamp Block 4
2
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.03 kg
.09 kg
.17 kg
Part #
20-018-1
20-018-2
20-018-4
20-018-4
Gusset Member
Gusset 40
Gusset 28
Application
Gussets for use as extra bracing on
tool booms or any other application.
Custom gussets (profile type, length,
angle) are available.
Technical Data
Profile 40x40 Standard or
40 series: M8x20 BHCS (24-120-8), M8 T-slot nut (20-058, 20-081 or 20-064)
28 series: M6x14 BHCS (24-114-6), M6 T-slot nut 28 (20-055, 20-090)
Description
Gusset 40, 300mm
Gusset 40, 431mm
Gusset 40, 600mm
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.55 kg
.79 kg
1.10 kg
Part #
21-060-1
21-060-2
21-060-3
Gusset 28, 254mm
1 pc
0.19 kg
21-062-1
76
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Leveling Feet, Base Plates and Casters
2
77
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
Application
For leveling tables and light equipment.
Ratchet-type height adjustment requires
no tools. For use with 40 series profiles.
Leveling Foot
1
2
1 Fastening to profile end
2 Fastening in T-slot of profile
21-001
IPS
Description
Leveling Foot 40
Technical Data
Spindle, nut and disk: St, galvanized
Max. load - 1500 N (337 lbs)
Adjustment range 25mm (1”)
Unit
1 pc
Weight
.68 kg
Part #
21-001
1 Fastening to profile end (M8 Tap is
required).
2 Side fastening in T-slot. Easy mounting by
using a M8 T-slot nut, no drilling necessary.
1
2
21-001-30
2
Application
For leveling tables and light equipment.
Height can be adjusted either by hand
or with tools.
Description
Leveling Foot 30
Unit
1 pc
Application
For leveling of light duty structures constructed of 20 series profiles.
21-007
Technical Data
Spindle, nut and disk: St, zinc plated
Max. load - 1500 N (337 lbs)
Description
Leveling Foot 20
Weight
47 g
Part #
21-001-30
Technical Data
Base: glass-filled nylon, black
Spindle and nut: St, galvanized
Max. load - 1000 N (225 lbs)
Unit
1 pc
Weight
12 g
Part #
21-007
Knuckle Foot 30/28
Rubber insert 21-011 in Knuckle Foot 21-010
21-010
21-011
Application
Adjustable height leveling foot for
structures constructed of 30 or 28 series
profiles.
Rubber Insert is for vibrationdampening and floor protection.
Description
Knuckle Foot 30/28
Rubber Insert 30/28
Technical Data
Max. load - 3000 N (674 lbs)
21-011: Rubber, black
Hardness 80º Shore A
Oil and water resistant
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
78
Weight
20 g
2g
Part #
21-010
21-011
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Knuckle Foot 40
Self-aligning leveling
adjustment has a max. tilt of
15º via ball and socket
Application
Adjustable height leveling foot for machine bases and other structures. Inclination adjustment is achieved via a
ball cavity and socket. One size wrench
adjusts both spindle and counter nuts.
Both M8 and M10 feet can be attached
to a serviced profile.
A
M8
M10
Technical Data
Max load: 1500 N (337 lbs)
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
B
C Dmin Dmax
g
60
50
37
32
80
39
65
43
80
34
65
66
2
Part #
21-008
21-009
21-012
Knuckle Foot 80
Self-aligning leveling
adjustment has a max. tilt
of 7º via spherical
washer and form foot
Application
Adjustable height leveling foot for heavy
duty structures. Require appropriate
base plate for mounting.
Technical Data
Base: Zn cast, black E-coated
Max. load 10,000 N (2,250 lbs)
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
B
C Dmin* Dmax
(kg)
100
80
0.29
M12 160 76
41 140
0.33
100
80
0.36
M16 160
45 140
0.44
A
Part #
21-013
21-014
21-016
21-018
* Dmin is without nut
79
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
Rubber Insert 80
IPS
1 Rubber Insert 80
in place
2 Insert fits inside
open cavity of
Knuckle Foot 80
1
2
Application
For vibration-dampening and floor
protection with the Knuckle Foot 80.
Description
Rubber Insert 80
Technical Data
Rubber, black
Hardness 80º Shore A
Oil and water resistant
Unit
1 pc
Clamping Shoe 80
Weight
50 g
Part #
21-020
Application
Floor mounting fastener for Knuckle
Foot 80.
2
Technical Data
Zn cast, black powder coated
Description
Clamping Shoe 80
Floor Fastening Set
Unit
1 pc
1 set
Weight
.47 kg
.05 kg
Part #
21-021
21-032
Corner Mounting
Plate
Leveling and floor
clamping attachment
using hex bolts.
Application
Mounting plate for knuckle feet for
leveling structure and/or permanent
placement of structures.
Description
Corner Mounting Plate
Profile Fastening Set
Floor Fastening Set
Leveling Screw (M12x45 SHCS)
80
Technical Data
Al, black powder coat
Profile Fast. Set (21-031): two M8x50
SHCS and two M8 T-slot Nuts St
Unit
1 pc
1 set
1 set
1 pc
Weight
.74 kg
60 g
50 g
50 g
Part #
21-030
21-031
21-032
21-033
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
L-Base Leveling
Foot
Profile Dimensions(mm)
Series
Min
Max
40
10
55/75*
30/28
8.5
31
* 55 mm w/ partly threaded screw (provided)
75 mm w/ fully threaded screw
1
1
2
3
21-022
2
Adjustable dimensions for 40 and 30/28
Extrusion with one L-Base Foot
Extrusion with two L-Base Feet in back
to back configuration.
3
2
Application
Leveling foot and fastener for light and
heavy duty equipment. Height
adjustment is from the top. T-slot
fasteners from the side.
Technical Data
21-022: Zn cast, black powder coated
Max. vertical load - 10,000 N (2,250 lbs)
21-063: Al, anodized
Max. vertical load - 6,000 N (1,350 lbs)
Include T-slot nuts, square nut and button head screws as shown.
21-063
Description
L-Base Leveling Foot 40
L-Base Leveling Foot 30/28
Floor Fastening Set
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 set
Weight
.28 kg
.22 kg
.05 kg
Part #
21-022
21-063
21-032
L-Base Floor
Anchor 40
Non-Leveling
Application
For attachment of light or heavy duty
equipment to floors and walls.
Description
L-Base Floor Anchor
Floor Fastening Set
Technical Data
Includes T-slot nut M8 and M8x20
BHCS
Unit
1 pc
1 set
Weight
.20 kg
.05 kg
Part #
21-023
21-032
21-023
81
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Floor Mounting
Bracket
21-057
Application
Economical bracket for mounting
structures to floor or wall. Mounts to
T-slots of 40, 30 or 28 series profiles.
2
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
40 series: M8 T-slot nut (20-058 or 20-081), M8x20 BHCS (24-120-8)
21-058
Description
Floor Mounting Bracket 40
Floor Mounting Bracket 30/28
Floor Fastening Set
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 set
Weight
.28 kg
.57 kg
.19 kg
.05 kg
Part #
21-057
21-058
21-059
21-032
21-059
82
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Flange Foot
21-050
Application
Heavy duty flange foot for attaching
structures to floor. Tapped holes in
base can be used for leveling 40 series
profile only.
21-055
2
M8x25 BHCS (24-125-8) for clamping profile
M10x25 flat point set screw (24-525-10F) for leveling.
Description
Flange Foot 40x40
Flange Foot 80x40
Flange Foot 80x80
21-056
Technical Data
St, black epoxy finish
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
1.55 kg
2.19 kg
2.79 kg
Part #
21-050
21-055
21-056
*Other sizes available, contact your local service center
Floor Fastening Set
Application
For attaching floor mounting elements
(L-base and flange feet, etc.) to floor.
Description
Floor Fastening Set
83
Technical Data
Concrete wedge anchor 3/8’’-16 x 3
3/4", one washer, one 3/8’’-16 hex nut
Unit
1 set
Weight
.05 kg
Part #
21-032
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Base Plate
Application
Bolts to cut off face of profiles for
mounting lifting eyes and leveling feet.
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Thickness (dim E): 15.9 mm
2
Profile Series
(Dim D)
40
30
28
45*
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
M10
38
M12
M16
76
M10
76
M12
M16
M20
30
M8
60
60
M10
M8
54
25.4
M10
M12
90
45
M12
Weight
(kg)
.32
.31
.30
.64
.64
.63
.62
.15
.15
.14
.41
Part #
21-002
21-024
21-025
21-003
21-026
21-027
21-028
21-029-8
21-034-10
21-004
21-005
21-006
17-124
* Counterbore details for 17-124: Dia.13, Dia. 23 x 8.5 Dp.
Base Plate 160
Application
For attaching and leveling profiles to the
floor. The profile may be mounted
anywhere in the T-slot. Base plate has
a staggered T-slot pattern on opposite
sides.
Description
Base Plate 160
Technical Data
Profile 160x28
Includes three M8x30 set screws, three
3/8" x 3 3/4" anchor bolts and two end
caps 160x28
Unit
1 set
84
Weight
1.6 kg
Part #
21-039
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Casters
Casters are available for rigid, swivel, braking or total locking applications. Load
capacities range from 40 - 263 kg (88 - 580 lbs). Applications include mobile
carts, tables, and heavy duty mobile structures such as equipment frames and
carts.
WHEEL
DIA
50 mm
(2”)
75 mm
(3”)
LOAD
RIGID
SWIVEL
LOCKING
kg (lbs)
40 kg
(88 lbs)
21-091
21-092 (Wheel Brake)
21-070 (Top Plate)
21-071
21-072 (Total Lock)
21-120
21-121
21-122 (Total Lock)
21-130 (Top Plate)
21-131 (Top Plate)
21-132 (Top Plate & Total Lock)
55 kg
(121 lbs)
100 kg
(220 lbs)
125 mm
(5”)
263 kg
(580 lbs)
21-133 (Triangular Plate)
85
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Casters
21-070
21-120
21-091, 21-071
21-121
21-092
21-072, 21-122
2
Note: Screw length depends on caster dimention “T” and mounting method
Application
For mobile carts or tables. Center hole
of profiles must be tapped for mounting
with M8 or M10 screw. Casters can also
be mounted to the profile side, either
directly or using a base plate. Used with
40, 30 and 28 series profiles.
Type
Swivel
Swivel with
wheel Brake
Rigid w/Plate
Swivel
Swivel with
Total Lock
Rigid
Swivel
Swivel with
Total Lock
D
50
Dimensions (mm)
W
H
R
T
50
19
68
70 7.8
75
25
100
62
80
1.6
3.5
3.5
125
32
160
2.2
106 12.2
130 12.2
Technical Data
Housing: pressed steel, zinc chromated
with double ball bearing swivel head.
D1
Load
Capacity
kg (lbs)
10.3
40 (88)
11
55 (121)
.30
.34
.39
Antistatic
Heavy
Black
Pressed
Steel
21-070
21-071
21-072
10.3
100 (220)
0.92
1.04
1.2
Hard
Soft
Rubber
Solid
Rubber
21-120
21-121
21-122
86
Weight
Wheel
kg
Tread
0.21
Rubber, Grey
0.24
Non-marking
Wheel
Center
Pressed
Steel
Part #
21-091
21-092
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Top Plate Casters
21-130
21-131, 21-132
2
21-133
Application
For heavy duty mobile structures such
as equipment frames and carts. Mounting holes in various configurations.
Type
D
Rigid
125
Dimensions (mm)
W
H
R
T
32
160
Swivel
Swivel with
Total Lock
Swivel
45
Load
Capacity Weight
kg (lbs)
kg
Top
Plate
2.5
100
(220)
2.5
100
(220)
2.5
263
(580)
106
125
32
162
125
38
164
130
106
87
Technical Data
Housing: pressed steel, zinc chromated
Wheel
Tread
0.99
Blue Grey
Rubber
1.14
1.29
Blue
Grey
Rubber
1.49
Phenolic
Wheel
Center
Ball
bearings
Pressed
Steel
Part #
21-130
21-131
Pressed
Steel
Roller
Bearings
21-132
21-133
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Hinges
Creating cabinets/doors, safety enclosure, pivoting arms, or
workstations Industrial Profile Systems stocks the right hinge. We carry
various hinges for multiple profiles and applications for your specific needs.
Our hinges are made out of the following materials: glass-filled nylon,
acetal, die cast zinc, and steel for your different load, projection, and
regulation requirements.
Clearance dimensions for swinging door
δ max =
(A + D)2 + (B+C)2 - (A+D)
Plastic Hinges
2
23-020
23-530L 23-530R
23-535L 23-535R
23-545L 23-545R
20 Series
Removable
23-018 (R)
23-019 (L)
28 Series
23-535
23-545
Non-Removable
23-021 (R)
23-023 (L)
40 Series
23-027
40 Series
23-220 (small)
23-222 (large)
Adjustable
23-224 (85º)
23-226 (120º)
23-288 (155º)
Positioning
Metal Hinges
23-016
Multi-Series
23-242
30/28 Series
23-025
40 Series
23-011
23-011B
40 Series
23-010
23-010B
40 Series
23-014
23-014B
40 Series
23-013
23-013B
28 Series
23-015
23-015B
28 Series
23-440L
23-440R
Lift-Off
23-218 (Left)
23-219 (Right)
Lift-Off (offset)
88
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Hinge PA 20
1
5
2
1
Assembly of Hinge
PA 20 on panel
2
Hinge positions
3-4 Clearance dimensions
5
Range of swing
3
4
Application
For light doors and lids constructed of
20 series profiles.
Description
Hinge PA 20
Technical Data
glass-filled nylon, black
Max. load 40 Nm (30 ft-lbs)
One M4x8 FHCS (24-208-4) and one
M4 T-nut 20 (20-044) for each hole for
profile mounting.
Unit
1 pc
Light Duty Hinge 28
Weight
7g
Part #
23-020
1-2 Attaching Light Duty
Hinges 28 to 28 Series
profiles and panels
3
Placement of hinges
on panels
4
Non lift-off doors
require one right hand
and one left hand Hinge
1
2
4
5
Lift-off doors require
either right or left hand
Hinges
5
3
Application
For light doors and lids of acrylic glass,
plastic or compound material.
Technical Data
Max. load 100 N (22 lbs)
Description
Light Duty Hinge 28, Right
Light Duty Hinge 28, Left
Fastening Set for Light Duty Hinge 28
Order all hardware separately:
Fastening Set 28 (20-013): One M6x14
FHCS and one M6 Drop-in Economy Tslot nut 28
Unit
Weight
Part #
1 pc
17 g
23-018
1 pc
17 g
23-019
1 pc
6g
20-013
89
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Light Duty Hinge 40
1
2
3
23-021
23-023
1,2,4 Attaching Light Duty
Hinges 40 to 40
Series profiles and
panels
4
3
Placement of hinges
on panels
5
Non lift-off doors
require one right
hand and one left
hand Hinge
6
Lift-off doors require
either right or left
hand Hinges
2
5
6
23-027
Application
For light doors and lids of acrylic glass,
plastic or compound material.
Technical Data
Fastening Set 40 (23-022):One M6x16
FHCS and one M6 T-slot nut, 40
Description
Double Hinge 40
Fastening Set, Light Hinge 40
90
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 set
Weight
21 g
21 g
38 g
13 g
Part #
23-021
23-023
23-027
23-022
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Medium Duty
Plastic Hinge
Application
High quality plastic hinges for constructing medium duty guard/enclosure doors
for profile sizes 28, 30, 40, 45. Hinges are offered in two types: removable (for left
and right side mount) and non-removable. Alignment pins for 8mm T-slot can be
removed allowing hinge to mount to a flat surface such as panel.
2
Technical Data
glass-filled nylon, black with stainless steel pin
Max. torque - 100 Nm (74 ft-lbs)
Non-Removable
Order mounting hardware separately:
Profile 28: M6x14 FHCS (24-214-6) and M6 T-slot nut 28 (20-055 or 20-090)
Profile 45: M6x16 FHCS (24-216-6) and M6 T-slot nut 45 (17-046)
Panel (6mm and 8mm): M6x20 FHCS (24-220-6) and M6 locknut (24-716-6)
Removable
Dimensions (mm)
A
30
B
49
Weight
(g)
Mount to Profile
Hinge Type
Left Side Mount
23-530L
28
28/28 (2mm gap)
28/28 (1mm gap)
30/30 (0mm gap)
28,30 to Panel
Right Side Mount
23-530R
Non-Removable
Left Side Mount
23-535
23-535L
Right Side Mount
23-535R
Non-Removable
Left Side Mount
23-545
23-545L
Right Side Mount
23-545R
35
35
59
33
43
45
77
41
28/40 (1mm gap)
30/40 (0mm gap)
28,40 to Panel
40/40 (5mm gap)
40/50 (0mm gap)
45/45 (0mm gap)
40,45,50 to Panel
Part #
Note: Hinge halves from different size removable hinges can be combined to achieve various center to center distance
91
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Adjustable Hinge
23-220
Application
Adjustable tension hinge for swinging
doors. Tensions can hold doors open,
closed, partially open and adjust speed
of opening/closing door.
2
Technical Data
Acetal, black
Adjusting screw-SS
Polycarbonate hinge pin
Max. torque
23-220: 80 N.cm (7 in lbs)
23-221: 400 N.cm (35 in lbs)
23-222
Description
Adjustable Hinge 1
Adjustable Hinge 2
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
42 g
42 g
Part #
23-220
23-222
Positioning Hinge
Application
Multiple position hinge for swinging
doors. Three models with preset angles
at 85º, 120º and 155º, as well as
completely open at 180º. Two covers
hide mounting hardware.
Technical Data
Acetal, black
Positioning Torque: 1.1 Nm (10 in-lbs)
Maximum load
Radial
450 N (100 lbs)
Axial
450 N (100 lbs)
Description
Positioning Hinge 85º
Unit
1 set
1 set
1 set
92
Weight
37 g
38 g
39 g
Part #
23-224
23-226
23-228
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Multi-Series Hinge
1
2
5
6
3
4
7
8
Recommended attachment. Hinge cannot be
loosened from outside. Door swings 180°
2-4 Mounting on inside of doors or lids where access
from outside is not desired for security reasons.
5-7 Front mounting applications
8
Inside mounting clearance
9
Recommended hinge positions
1
Technical Data
St, black
Includes: M5x16 cup square bolt, M5
hex nut, M5 washer, three M5x8
dome head screws.
Order M5 T-slot nuts separately (see
page 64-65).
9
Application
For outside or inside of doors and lids.
Used with 40, 30, 28, and 20 Series
profiles using M5 T-slot Nuts St or Zn.
Description
Multi-Series Hinge
Unit
1 set
Medium Hinge 30/28
Weight
51 g
Part #
23-016
1
Assembly of Medium
Hinge 30/28 on profiles
2
Hinge positions
3-4 Clearance dimensions
5
Range of swing
1
180°
°
90
3
4
2
5
Application
Suitable for medium loads such as
machine and guard doors. Can be used
with 30 or 28 series profiles.
Technical Data
Pin: SS
Max. load - 400 Nm (295 ft - lbs)
Description
Medium Hinge 30/28
One M6x14 FHCS (24-214-6) and one
M6 T-slot nut (20-056, for 30 profile or
20-055, for 28 profile) for each hole.
Unit
Weight
Part #
1 pc
86 g
23-242
93
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Medium Hinge 40
1
Fastening to
vertical profile and
panel element (all antitorsion pins removed).
4
End face
fastening of two
profiles (with torsion
pins).
2
Fastening to
vertical and horizontal
profiles (2 anti-torsion
pins removed).
5
Connection of
two horizontal profiles
(all anti-torsion pins
removed).
3
Fastening to
vertical profiles
(all anti-torsion pins
removed).
6
Connection of
two horizontal profiles
(with anti-torsion pins)
2
Positioning of
hinges on a panel
Torsion pins can be
broken off with a
screwdriver
Application
Suitable for medium loads such as
machine and guard/enclosure doors,
and as an angle connecting element for
profiles. Fasteners to T-slot or profile
face with integral torsion pins for
squaring.
Description
Medium Hinge 40
Technical Data
Zn cast, galvanized, black
M8x20 BHCS (24-120-8) and
Double T-slot nut M8/24 (20-049)
Quantities vary per application
Unit
1 pc
94
Weight
.18 kg
Part #
23-025
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Butt Hinge 40
Application
Door applications with profile framed
doors or panels doors.
Technical Data
St, zinc plated or black powder coated
Description
Butt Hinge 40
Butt Hinge 40, black
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
190 g
191 g
Part #
23-011
23-011B
Lift-Off Hinge 40
2
1
23-440L
2
3
4
180°
40°
1-2 Options for attaching Lift-Off
Hinge to 40 Series profiles. Economy
T-slot nuts must be inserted from
profile end.
3
Lift-Off Door
(load supported by two hinges)
4
Non-removable door
(load supported by one hinge)
5
Range of swing
5
Application
Versatile hinge for 40 series profiles. For
lift-off and non removable door
configurations. Two T-slot alignment
blocks are included.
Technical Data
Zinc die cast, black powder coat
Pin: St., zinc plated
Maximum torque 100 Nm (74 ft-lbs)
Attachment to 40 series profiles using
M6x16 FHCS (24-216-6) and M6 T-slot
nuts (20-056 or 20-080)
23-440R
Description
Lift-Off Hinge 40 Left
Lift-Off Hinge 40 Right
95
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
70 g
70 g
Part #
23-440L
23-440R
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Offset Lift-Off Hinge
2
To insure lift off capabity, the lower
knuckle must be installed on the
frame, the upper knuckle on the
door.
23-218
Mounting dimensions
Maximum screw length = Door (or frame) thickness + 10mm
23-219
Appplication
Medium duty hinge for applications
that allow the door to be removed from
the hinge side. All mounting hardware
is concealed
Technical Data
Die cast zinc, black power coated
Washer: Black nylon
Swing angle: 190º
Maximum working load:
Radial - 1300N (300lb)
Axial - 2200N (500lb)
Order all hardware (M5 screws)
separately
Description
Offset Lift-Off Hinge Left
Offset Lift-Off Hinge Right
96
Unit
1set
1set
Weight
153g
153g
Part#
23-218
23-219
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Pivot Joint
Attaching Pivot Joint 40
to 40 series profiles
1
2
2
Attaching Pivot Joint 28
to 28 series profiles
23-010: Pivot Joint 40
Load
F1 (N)
Fixed connection
5000
Movable connection 750
F2 (N)
2500
750
23-013: Pivot Joint 28
Fixed connection
1600
Movable connection 250
800
250
Application
For connecting profiles at various angles
from 0 to 180º, eliminating the need for
a miter cut. The Locking Pivot Joint can
be locked into place using clamp lever.
Pivot Joints 28 can also be used on 30
series profiles.
Profile
Series
40
28
A
Dimensions (mm)
B
C
D
40
30
28
20
9
5
Dia 8.5
Hex 14x4 DP
Dia 8.5
E
F
Clamp
Lever
-
-
No
63
45
Yes
-
-
No
45
35
Yes
97
3
1-2 Pivot Joint as a gusset (remove two
convex washers)
3
For permanent use as swinging joint 40
with M8x16 FHCS and M8 thin hex nut
For 28 series use M6x10 FHCS and M6
thin hex nut
Technical Data
Zn cast, galvanized, brushed chrome or
black. Bushings, space collar: St, black
galvanized. Clamp Lever: Zinc die cast
with steel components.
Adjustment range ±90º infinitely.
Complete with four alignment pins.
Max.
Holding
Torque
Weight
(kg)
N/A
.32
20 Nm
.41
N/A
.11
10 Nm
.18
(15 ft - lbs)
(7 ft - lbs)
Color
Part #
clear
black
clear
black
clear
black
clear
black
23-010
23-010B
23-014
23-014B
23-013
23-013B
23-015
23-015B
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Aluminum Handle
1
Swinging Doors
2
Sliding Door
Application
Suitable handle for light doors and
electronic units with maximum panel
thickness of 8mm (5/16"). Ergonomic
35° tilt of Angled Handle allows easy
access, even in corners.
23-030
Technical Data
23-030: Al, clear anodized, includes two
#10-32 x 5/8" BHCS
2
23-034: Al, black plastic coated
23-034
Description
Light Duty Handle
Angled Handle
Unit
1 set
1 pc
Weight
85 g
11 g
Part #
23-030
23-034
Plastic Handle
Application
Multipurpose ergonomic work duty
handle for mounting onto panels or
profiles.
A
112
156
204
B
93.5
132
179
Dimensions (mm)
C
d
D
E
30
6.5 10.5 21
37
6.5 10.5 27
42
8.5
13
28
Handle PA 179 w/Hardware
(includes two M8x20 SHCS
and two M8 T-slot nuts 40)
98
Technical Data
For 23-033, 23-031: M6 SHCS
For 23-032 M8 SHCS
Screw length and nuts are determined
by application.
F
36
45
50
G
6
9
8
1 set
Weight
(g)
33
11
71
80 g
Part #
23-033
23-031
23-032Z1
23-032
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
Base Element
IPS
Application
Suitable for construction of heavy duty
handles with 16x40 profile. Profile is
available in black or clear finish. Handle
also serves as stiffener.
for Heavy Duty Handles
Technical Data
Fastening hardware not included with
single base element.
23-035
Handles (40x16 clear profile) include all
necessary assembly hardware shown.
23-036
Description
Base Element
Heavy Duty Handle 328 mm
Heavy Duty Handle 648 mm
Unit
1 pc
1 set
1 set
Weight
26 g
.50 kg
.94 kg
Part #
23-035
23-036
23-037
23-037
Rachet Lever
Assembly of the Rachet Lever on
Profile Slide Block 40 (30-410)
Application
For use on applications where a locking
handle is desired, particularly on Profile
Slide Blocks. Serrartions in interior of
lever allow for various locking positions.
Slide blocks must be serviced - drill 9 mm
hole through one wall and delrin pad.
Description
Rachet Lever
Size (A x B)
M8 x 16
M8 x 20
M8 x 25
M8 x 40
M8 x 50
M8 x 63
99
Technical Data
Fiber reinforced technopolymer plastic
with metal insert
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
87 g
43 g
45 g
50 g
53 g
57 g
Part #
23-316
23-320
23-325
23-340
23-350
23-363
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Magnetic Catch
1
2
Holding Force
X 20 N (4.5 lb)
Y 10 N (2.25 lb)
23-046
4
1
2
3
2
3
23-051
4
Application
Quick catch for swinging or sliding
doors. For different holding strengths
rotate catch 180º. Adjust position using
slotted mounting holes. Complete with
pan head screw. Can be used on 40,
30 and 28 series profiles.
Mounting on 40 series profile
Mounting on 28 series profile
Assembly of the Double Bracket 40 on
40 series profile
Holding force of Magnetic Catch
Technical Data
glass-filled nylon, black, with M5x10
pan head screw and hexagon nut.
Strike Plate: St, zinc plated
Pressure sensitive adhesive: Neoprene
foam with acrylic adhesive.
Designed to function under intermittent
break away load.
Mounting Brackets: Al, anodized
Mounting
Bracket
23-146
23-147
23-148
23-149
Dims (mm)
A
B
50
30
60
30
32
18
36
18
Fastening Set 40 (20-027): two M6x20
BHCS and two M6 T-slot nut
No. of
Taps
2
4
2
4
For attachment to 28 series profiles:
two M6x16 SHCS (24-316-6) and two
M6 Economy T-slot nuts 28 (20-090).
Description
Magnetic Catch
Fastening Set, Catch 40
Unit
1 pc
1 set
Weight
38 g
29 g
Part #
23-046
20-027
Strike Plate
1 pc
8g
23-051
Single Bracket 40
Double Bracket 40
Single Bracket 28
Double Bracket 28
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
60 g
70 g
40 g
40 g
23-146
23-147
23-148
23-149
100
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Ball Catch PA
2
1
23-043
4
3
5
6
1
Holding force can be
adjusted by rotating
catch spring in the
housing 90°
Min. = 30 N (6.7 lbs)
Max. = 50 N (11 lbs)
2-3 After selecting the
holding force plates
that are not needed
are removed (2 & 4)
4
Attachment to a
sliding door
5
Attachment to a
swinging door
6
Mounting dimensions
7
Using the ball catch
bracket
5
23-043Z6
7
Application
Catch for swinging and sliding doors.
Holding force is adjustable by turning
the snap spring by 90º in the housing.
Slots in housing permits positioning for
panel thickness. Can also be used as
a door stop.
Technical Data
Housing: glass-filled nylon, black
Snap Spring: St
Ball Screw: St, zinc plated
Bracket (23-043Z6): Al, anodized
20-027:
two M5x20 BHCS and two M5 T-slot
Nut
23-043Z5 :
Bracket, two M5x14 BHCS, two
M8x14 BHCS and three M8 T-slot
nuts St 40
Description
Ball Catch, PA
Fastening Set, Catch 40
Ball Catch Bracket with hardware
Ball Catch Bracket
101
Unit
1 pc
1 set
1 set
1 pc
Weight
23 g
29 g
98 g
43 g
Part #
23-043
20-027
23-043Z5
23-043Z6
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
3-Way Ball Catch
1
2
3
40 Series Std
23-004
2
28, 30 Series
5
4
1-2
3
4
5
23-012
Strike can enter from front or either side
3-Way Ball Catch on swinging door
3-Way Ball Catch on sliding door
Servicing of the slot for 23-004 on 40 Std or 28/30 series profiles for sliding doors.
For 40 series Heavy or Light profiles mill slot 58x9.5x12.3 Dp.
Application
Universal door catch for swinging and
sliding doors in small and medium load
ranges. Can be mounted in serviced slot
for flush closing.
Description
3-Way Ball Catch, Small
3-Way Ball Catch, Medium
102
Technical Data
Brass, chrome finish with two steel
balls for adjustable spring tension
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
26 g
40 g
Part #
23-004
23-012
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Grabber™
Door Catch
1
1
2
Grabber Door Catch on 28 series profile swinging door,
shown mounted with a custom bracket
Mounting dimensions and micro-switch contacts
A - Common
B - Connection is live when latch is closed
C- Connection is live when latch is open
2
23-210
Application
Push to close, pull to open door catch
for mounting inside of enclosures. Catch
with micro-switch is designed to operate a warning system and is not to be
used as a safety switch.
Technical Data
Nylon, black
Approximate pull-up force:
23-210: 44 N (10 lbs)
23-211: 22 N (5 lbs)
23-211
Description
Grabber Door Catch
Grabber Catch w/ Micro-Switch
103
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
17 g
21 g
Part #
23-210
23-211
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Quarter Turn Latch
1
2
3
4
23-133
23-143
2
1
Assembly of Quarter Turn Latch on
40 series profile for swinging doors
2
Quarter Turn Latch mounted in 40
series profile for sliding or bi-fold doors
3-5 Quarter Turn Latch mounted to panel
for swinging door on 40, 28 or 20
series profile
6
Dimensions for round or square
mounting hole in 40x40 profile or panel.
23-134
23-144
5
Application
40 series latch profiles for swinging,
sliding or bi-fold door applications. When
installed into swinging door panel, latch
can be used with 40, 30, 28 and 20
series profiles. T-handle and wing knob
styles eliminate the need for a door
handle.
6
NOTE: All Cams must be ordered separately
23-135
23-145
Style
T-Handle
Non-Locking
Wing Knob
Keyed Alike
(one key included)
Application
profile 40 mount
fig 1, 2
panel mount
fig 3, 4, 5
profile 40 mount
fig 1, 2
panel mount
fig 3, 4, 5
Square 7mm
profile 40 mount
Insert
fig 1, 2
(order key separately) panel mount
fig 3, 4, 5
Dims (mm)
A
B
50
32
18
28
50
32
18
28
50
32
18
28
104
Material
Handle: Polyamide
Housing: Zinc die,
black powder coated
Handle: Polyamide
Housing: Zinc die,
black powder coated
Cylinder: Zinc die,
chrome plated
Housing/insert:
Zinc die,
black powder coated
Weight
(g)
Part #
200
23-133
135
23-143
160
23-134
90
23-144
111
23-135
50
23-145
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Accessories for
Quarter Turn Latch
23-140Z1
1
23-140Z2
23-140Z7
3
1-2 Additional hardware can be used for
swing door stops such as a Connection
Element (22-140 or 22-145) or Multiblock
PA (22-100 or 22-103)
3
Keeper bracket (23-140Z7) used with
the hooked cam (23-142Z1) for sliding
or bi-fold doors
23-140Z3
23-140Z4
23-140Z5
23-140Z6
23-142Z1
2
2
Application
Various accessories for Quarter Turn Latches.
Description
Spare Key for 23-134/23-144
Key for 7mm Square for 23-135/23-145
Cam 35-10 (offset 8)
Cam 35-20 (offset -2)
Hooked Cam
Keeper Bracket
Rachet Lock
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
5g
8g
22 g
20 g
22 g
20 g
13 g
13 g
Part #
23-140Z1
23-140Z2
23-140Z3
23-140Z4
23-140Z5
23-140Z6
23-142Z1
23-140Z7
Application
Used to lock overlaping sliding panels
up to 1/4" thick. Particulary suitable for
display cases when used with sliding
door guide profiles.
Technical Data
St, nickel finish
Includes 2 keys
Minimal panel overlap - 25mm
Description
Rachet Lock
Unit
1 set
105
Weight
90 g
Part #
23-130
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Safety Switch
2
1
23-044
23-056
2
3
23-047Z1
4
1
Mounting Bracket w/hardware 40 for
Safety Switch
2
Safety Switch on rolling door
3
Safety Switch on a swinging door
4
Safety Switch on a sliding door
Application
Safety switches for use with machine guards, covers and doors which must be
closed for operational safety. Comply with regulations for position switches having
positive break N.C. (normally closed) contact for operator safety. Switches may
not be used for an end stop. One plastic ½” NPT adaptor supplied. Switches have
no return force. See page 117 for cable holders.
Technical Data
Conformity to standards: UL, CSA, IEC 947, VDE 0660, GS-ET-15
Degree of Protection: IP67, meets NEMA-3, 4, 12 & 13 requirements
Housing and actuator flange: Glass-fiber, reinforced self-extinguishing thermoplastic
with stainless steel actuator.
Connections: screw terminals for up to 13 AWG wire (2.5mm2)
Contacts: fine silver, positive double break bridge type
Contact rating: 4 A / 230 VAC
Short circuit protection: 10A time delay fuse, 16A non-delay
Operating Temperature: -30°C to +80°C (-22°F to +176°F)
Mechanical Life: >10 million operations
Mounting Bracket: Al, black powder coated
Fastening Set 23-047 includes one mtg. bracket and two each of: M5x16 FHCS,
M5 T-nut Zn 40, M5x16 BHCS, M8x18 BHCS, M8 flat washer, M8 T-nut St 40.
Fastening Set 23-049 includes one mtg. bracket and two each of: M5x12 FHCS,
M5 T-nut Zn 28, M5x16 BHCS, M8x14 BHCS, M8 flat washer, M8 T-nut St 28.
Description/Contacts
Safety Switch, 1 NC
Safety Switch, 1NO, 1NC
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.13 kg
.15 kg
Mounting Bracket w/hardware 40
Mounting Bracket w/hardware 30/28
Mounting Bracket
Liquid Tight Fitting PG-11 (optional)
1 set
1 set
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
.14 kg
.14 kg
87 g
10 g
11 g
106
Part #
23-044
23-056
23-047
23-049
23-047Z1
23-008
800.15
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Solenoid-Locking
Safety Switch
Auxiliary
unlocking
mechanism
(for
triangular
Key M5
DIN 22417)
2
1
1
3
Dimensions for Locking Safety Switches
2-3 Minimum radius for swinging doors
Wiring Diagram for 23-006/23-007
Application
Locking Safety Switches for use with machine guards, covers and doors which
must be closed for operational safety. Two independent sets of contacts in two
housings signal and monitor the position of both the key interlock and the locking
pin. Provides higher degree of safety than regular switch. Can also be used as
simple and adjustable door latch (adjust holding force by turning the pin at the
ball). Auxiliary unlocking mechanism provided as mounting aid and in case of
power failure. Switches may not be used as an end stop. Supplied with two
plastic ½” NPT adaptors. Key return force 3N.
Technical Data
Conformity to standards: UL, CSA, IEC 947, VDE 0660, GS-ET-19
Degree of Protection: IP65, meets NEMA-3, 12 & 13 requirements
Housing and actuator flange: Glass-fiber, reinforced self-extinguishing thermoplastic
with stainless steel actuator and locking pin.
Connections: screw terminals for up to 13 AWG wire (2.5mm2)
Contacts: fine silver, positive double break bridge type
Contact rating: 2 A / 230 VAC
Short circuit protection: fuse 6 A (time-delay)
Power Consumption: 10 W (max)
Locking Force: 2000 N (450 lbs)
Holding Force of Ball Catch: adjustable 0...150 N (0...34 lbs)
Operating Temperature: -25°C to +40°C (-13°F to +104°F)
Mechanical Life: 1 million operations
Weight: 0.52 kg
Contacts*
NO NC
1
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
Solenoid
Supply Voltage
24 VDC
24 VAC/ 50 Hz
24 VDC
110 VAC/ 60 Hz
Locking Mechanism
**Locked by Solenoid
Unlocked by Spring
Locked by Spring
Unlocked by Solenoid
Part #
23-003
23-005
23-006
23-007
* Contacts established with key inserted
**In case of power failure the locking device is ineffective
Description
Spare Key for Locking Switches
Liquid Tight Fitting PG-11 (optional)
107
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
36 g
11 g
Part #
23-009
800.15
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Panels, Panel Mounting & Other Accessories
2
Wire mesh guarding on assembly conveyor line
Machine safety enclosure using Lexan panels
108
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Multiblock Al
2
1
1 - 3 Various fastening
options for panels on
Multiblock Al
22-105
3
Aluminum panel
mounted to 160x28
profile with Multiblock Al
22-106
3
Application
Mounting element for panels and
accessories.
Various mounting
dimensions are obtained by rotating the
block. For use with 40, 30 and 28 series
profiles.
Description
Multiblock Al, M5
Multiblock Al, M6
Multiblock Al, M8
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Max. load at 90º angle to T-slot:
22-105: 500 N (112 lbs)
22-106: 750 N (169 lbs)
22-108: 1000 N (225 lbs)
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
18 g
58 g
60 g
Part #
22-105
22-106
22-108
22-108
109
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Multiblock and
Uniblock PA
Versatile elements for mounting panels,
screens and small fixtures. The block
locks into the T-slot at a 90º position
with an offset design to suit various
panel thicknesses. Movable, captive,
spring-loaded nut provides large
alighment range for locating through
holes in panels.
1
2
4
2
3
Technical Data
with square nut, M6 or M4
Profile
Series
45
40
30, 28
20
5
Floating square nut secured within the
multiblock by flat spring provides for
alignment flexibility
2 Insertion of Multiblock PA in the T-slot
3-4 Recommended gaps for assembling
Multiblocks PA
5 Distance between Multiblock center and
floating nut
1
Max. load
at 90° to T-slot
250 N (56 lbs)
250 N (56 lbs)
210 N (47 lbs)
100 N (22 lbs)
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
80
400-600
9
80
400-600
5
70
400-500
2.8
60
300-400
2
Multiblock PA 40
1
2
3
1-4 Various options for flush
panel mounting of Multiblock PA 40
5
Determining the length of
M6 screw on Multiblock PA 40
4
5
Description
Multiblock PA 40, M6
Unit
1 pc
Weight
13 g
Part #
22-100
110
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Multiblock PA 30/28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1-4
5-6
Mounting options for Multiblock PA 30/28 on 28 series profiles
Mounting options for Multiblock PA 30/28 on 30 series profiles
Description
Multiblock PA 30/28, M6
Unit
1 pc
Weight
10 g
Part #
22-103
Unit
1 pc
Weight
3g
Part #
22-107
Weight
g
Part #
17-113
Uniblock PA 20
Mounting options for Uniblock PA 20
Description
Uniblock PA 20, M4
Uniblock PA 45
Description
Uniblock PA 45, M6
111
Unit
1 pc
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Multiblock PA
with 1/4 Turn
Receptacle
1
2
3
4
22-102
2
22-102Z2
22-090
22-091
1
Panel mounted to Multiblock PA 40 with 1/4 Turn Receptacle
2
Panel mounted directly to profile with receptacle pressed into profile
3-4 Panel mounted to 19" Rack Angle with 1/4 Turn Receptacle for light or dust tight
applications
Application
For easy, quick removable mounting of
panels to 40 series profiles. Multiblock
locks into T-slot at 90° position. Two
different type studs for 6mm panels offer
easy access and will not fall out of
properly machined holes when panel is
removed.
Technical Data
Multiblock body: glass-filled nylon,
black
Receptacle & stud: steel, galvanized
Order 1/4 turn stud separately.
Description
Multiblock PA 40 with 1/4 Turn Receptacle
Unit
1 pc
Weight
16 g
1/4 Turn Receptacle
1/4 Turn Socket Stud (for 6mm panel)
1/4 Turn Wing Stud (for 6mm panel)
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
4g
4g
5g
112
Part #
22-102
22-102Z2
22-090
22-091
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Clamp Multiblock
22-112
4
1
2
3
1
Mounting position for panels up to 10mm
thick to clamp Multiblock 40.
2
Mounting position for panels up to 5mm thick
Multiblock rotated180°
3
Edge distance between panel element
and profile
4
Locking clip is easily loosened with a
screw driver.
5-6 Assembly of clamp Multiblock in profile
T-slot
22-113
5
17-112
2
6
Application
Mounting element for attaching panels
to 28, 30, 40 and 45 series profiles
without using additional fasteners or
machining the panel. Insert multiblock
into T-slot at any location and lock in
position by turning 90° clockwise. Slide
locking clip to secure the panel. To
remove panel loosen locking clip with a
flat screwdriver.
Description
Clamp Multiblock 40
Clamp Multiblock 28/30
Clamp Multiblock 45
113
Technical Data
22-112: Max. load in direction F: 250 N (56
lbs), in opposite direction: 50 N (11 lbs)
Max panel thickness
22-112: 10 mm (3/8”)
22-113, 17-112: 8mm (5/16”)
Unit
1 set
1 set
1 set
Weight
10 g
7g
9g
Part #
22-112
22-113
17-112
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Panel Clamp
1
1
2
2
3
4
3
2
4
Application
For securing panels to 40 series profiles
without servicing panel. Suitable for
attachment of unframed panels, mesh
or lexan.
Description
Panel Clamp
Mounting locations
of spacers for
panels 4-10mm
thick
Possible positions
for securing
panels against
movement
Max. loading for
each Panel Clamp
without pinning
Edge spacing
Technical Data
Includes one M6x20 SHCS, one M6 hex
nut and nylon spacers.
Max. load: 100 N (22lbs)
Unit
1 pc
Weight
65 g
Part #
23-002
Panel Mounting
Angle
Adhesive
Tape
28 x 28
40 x 40
22-147
Adhesive
Tape
Application
For mounting table top and panels to 28
or 40 series profiles. No drilling required.
Adhesive tape ensures secure
attachment to mounting angle.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Tape: acrylic foam closed cell, very
high bond adhesive; 0.64 mm (0.025")
thick x 19 mm (0.75") wide
Description
Panel Mounting Angle 28
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
22 g
51 g
Part #
22-147
22-148
22-148
114
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Rail Carts
for 80x40 Rail Profile
3
23-200
2
1
23-202
4
Required clearance C and required gap B
depend on location of pivot point A.
For 40 Series Profiles:
B=
A2 + 202 - A
C=
A2 + 202 - 20
For A 27 B = 27 - A
1
Assembling the 4-Roller Rail Cart to a
door frame. Apply Loctite™ to M6
screw to prevent loosening. Guide along
lower section for sliding door using
nylon spacer (8mm long, O.D. 8mm)
2
Calculations for Bi-fold sliding doors
3
Sliding Door and Bi-fold sliding door
assemblies
4
8-Roller Rail Cart assembly in 80x40 Rail
profile
2
Application
Designed for use in 80x40 Rail Profile
14-248. Rail carts used for hanging and
sliding doors and other hanging
components such as on a work station.
In addition, 4-roller cart can also be used
for folding doors. Attachment to
components with a variety of fasteners.
Technical Data
Housing: Al
Wheel: Delrin w/ needle roller bearing
Washer: Nylon
Max. load for 23-201: 220 N (50 lbs)
Hardware included with 23-202:
M5x6x50 shoulder bolt, M6 washer,
teflon tubing and 3mm spacer
Description
Unit
Weight
8-Roller Rail Cart
1 set
.20 kg
4-Roller Rail Cart
1 pc
45 g
4-Roller Rail Cart w/ Fastening Set
1 set
64 g
Profile 80x40 Rail Transport
cut off max. 6M 4.19 kg/m
Part #
23-200
23-201
23-202
14-248
14-248
115
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Door Guide System
4
2
2
5
1
1
2
3
4-5
3
23-055
Assembly of the Door Guide System
Sliding Door with two counterweights
Assembly of the Door Guide
Counterweight Assemblies 80x80 and
160x80
Application
Door guides are used to build doors
that operate between two vertical 40
series profiles. The weight of the door
may be counter-balanced by one or
two counterweights that are connected to the door space with door
guides, timing belt 25T10 and reversing unit 40.
The size of the counterweight is
determined by the weight of the door.
The operation of the door may be
motorized by attachment of a suitable
drive to one of the reversing units.
Counterweights
Duct wall support and wall profiles are
used to build the counterweight. A
closure plate attached with four M6
Profile-to-Wall Fasteners forms the
bottom of the counterweight. Heavy
metal scrap may be used as filler
material. Suitable conduit cap is
used to close the top of the counterweight.
Door Guides
Four guides are usually attached to
the door, and slide in the inside slots
of the vertical 40 series profiles. Two
guides are attached to each of the
counterweights, and slide in the outer
slots of the vertical frame profiles.
Technical Data
Door Guide: Polyoxymethylen, black
Complete with the following:
Steel plate insert, M6x25 BHCS,
M6 T-slot nut St, three M6x25 SHCS,
and three M6 hex nuts
Description
Door Guide
Closure Plate 80x80
Closure Plate 160x80
Closure Plate
St, black epoxy finish
Complete with fastening set
Unit
1 set
1 set
1 set
116
Weight
.12 kg
.48 kg
.96 kg
Part #
23-055
21-155
21-156
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Sliding-Door Guide
See page 24 for
application details
2
1
2
3
4
1
Two sliding doors in T-slot of a 40 series
profile
2
Four sliding doors in T-slots of an 80x40
profile
3
Mounting dimensions within a frame
4
Slide piece positioning in the T-slot
5
Guide pieces function as stops when
two doors slide in the same T-slot
5
Application
For constructing sliding door of 32x18
Bi-slot profile. One set required for each
sliding door. Guides attach to door frame
through 7mm mounting bore.
Description
Sliding-Door Guides for 32x18 Bi-slot
117
Technical Data
Polyoxymethylen, black
Spring/ Spring Bolt: St
Set includes four guides - two left, two
right
Unit
1 set
Weight
36 g
Part #
23-054
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Sliding Door Set
2
Application
For constructing a sliding door of 40
series profiles. Two 185mm long
support members are attached to the
sliding frame with Universal Fasteners.
65mm long member is attached to
vertical post with one Universal Fastener.
Roller holders are attached with Double
T-slot nut 40 and SHCS.
Description
Sliding Door Set
Technical Data
Construction kit: Al, clear anodized
Fully machined and ready for assembly.
Includes: four Roller Holders, four
Rollers PA, three Supporting members
40x40 std fastening hardware and end
caps.
Unit
1 set
Roller 20
Part #
23-065
Asymmetrically designed roller
allows for various clearance
dimensions.
Application
Versatile caster for mounting 20 Series
profiles. Panel or in profile mounting for
rolling door applications.
Description
Roller 20
Technical Data
Polyoxymethylen, black
Includes Bearing Hub St, black with
washer, galvanized
Max. force 50 N (11 lbs)
Unit
1 pc
118
Weight
4g
Part #
21-066
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Roller 40
1
2
2
3
6
4
5
7
1-5 Application and details for sliding door
with Roller PA 40
6
Servicing for Roller PA mounted in 40x40
Heavy profile
7
Mounting the Roller PA 40 for a sliding
panel application
8
Max. load F = 150 N
9
Dimensions of offset on 40 series profile
9
8
Application
Versatile ball bearing roller which can
be mounted in the T-slot. Roller has
asymmetric design for various clearance
dimensions such as on sliding doors and
panels.
Description
Roller PA 40
Shoulder Bolt M5x6x25
119
Technical Data
Glass-filled nylon, black complete
with two deep groove ball bearings
with dust covers and two M6 flat
washers
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
32 g
Part #
21-069
800.17
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Roller 25 Insert
21-065
2
2
1
21-065z1
3
4
1 Rolling door constructed with 28 series profiles guided on top with UHMW strip 12-410
2 Two bypassing covers constructed with 28 series profiles rolling on a pair 30x60 profiles.
3 Clearance dimensions
4 Required machining for mounting roller insert to a 40, 30, or 28 series profile.
Application
Versatile roller insert for rolling door
applications can be attached to any 40,
30, or 28 series profile (machining is
required). Step roller can be used for
sliding panel applications.
Technical Data
Roller: Delrin, black
Housing: Al, anodized
Pin: SS
40 series: M6x14 SHCS (24-314-6) and M6 Offset Economy T-Nut (20-190)
Description
Roller 25 Insert
Step Roller 25
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
120
Weight
32 g
8g
Part #
21-065
21-065z1
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Panel Frame Fastener
Frame element with four sets of
Panel Frame Fasteners
Application
Provides for quick and easy attachment
of framed panels to a post. Fastener
halves may be secured with a screw
from the front or the rear. Designed for
use with 40 series profiles but can be
used on 30 and 28 series if alignment
pins are ground off.
Description
Panel Frame Fastener
Fast. Set for Panel Frame/Door Stop
Door Stop
Technical Data
Set includes:
two frame fastener halves, one M6
washer and one M6x16 SHCS
Fastening Set 23-050: two M8x25 BHCS,
two rib spring washers and two M-8
T-slot nuts
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
37 g
40 g
Part #
23-001
23-050
Application
Door stop for swinging doors. Attaches
with screws anywhere along the T-slot.
Technical Data
Set includes two door bumpers
Fastening Set 23-050: two M8x25 BHCS,
two rib spring washers and two M8
T-slot nuts
Description
Door Stop
Fast. Set for Panel Frame/Door Stop
121
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
30 g
40 g
Part #
23-048
23-050
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
Cable/Hose Holder
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
Mounting element with two separate
channels for routing open wiring or
tubing of variable sizes along the profiles
or other surfaces.
Description
Cable/Hose Holder
T-Clip
Unit
1 set
Application
Mounting element with two separate
channels for fast, easy securing and
routing of open wiring or tubing to IPS
profiles.
Range
2
(mm)
4-6
6-8
8-10
10-13
13-16
16-19
19-22
22-25
Technical Data
Includes M4x10 SHCS and M4 T-slot
nut Zn.
Max. cable diameter 12mm
Weight
8g
Technical Data
Complete with appropriate screw and
T-slot nut Zn for mounting to 40 series
profiles.
Dimensions (mm)
A
15
20
25
31
35
44
52
66
B
10
12
15
18
21
25
31
40
Cable Tie Holder
C
18
20
24
28
36
43
50
64
Part #
22-200
D
6
8
10
12
14
17
20
25
Part #
E
9
9
12
12
17
20
23
28
F
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
7
22-204
22-206
22-208
22-210
22-212
22-215
22-218
22-222
Application
Mounting elements for fast and easy
securing open wiring or tubing to 28, 30,
40 and 45 series profiles with plastic tie
(not included). Insert holder into T-slot
at any location and lock in position by
turning 90° clockwise.
Technical Data
Description
Cable Tie Holder, 45
Cable Tie Holder, 28/30
122
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
10
6
8
4.5
8
2
Weight
Part #
5g
4g
4g
17-201
22-202
22-201
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Polycarbonate
Panel (LEXAN®)
Application
High-impact resistant polycarbonate
panels provide clarity, safety, security
and energy savings. Meets every
industry standard for general purpose
window glazing.
Description
6mm Polycarbonate Panel
Technical Data
Polycarbonate, clear or grey smoke
Thickness: 6mm (.236")
Max. size: 1219.2 x 2438.4mm (4 x 8’)
Weight: 7.62 kg/m2 (1.56 lb/ft2)
Color
clear
smoke
Unit
sq. meter
sq. meter
Part #
26-790-6
26-795-6
Call for other shades and thicknesses currently in stock
High Strength
Composite Panel
(TRESPA®)
Thickness
mm (in)
6 (.236)
8 (.315)
10 (.394)
Weight
kg/m2 (lb/ft2)
8.57(1.74)
11.4 (2.33)
14.3 (2.93)
Application
TRESPA is a solid grade decorative building panel, based on thermosetting resins,
homogeneously reinforced with cellulose fibers. Suitable for horizontal surfaces
and vertical panels. Resistant to scratches, corrosives and solvents. TRESPA is
non-toxic, asbestos free, has good fire retarding characteristics and is finished on
both sides. It can be cut, milled, drilled and engraved. TRESPA comes in a variety
of colors to compliment the clean style of IPS profiles. Can be used in cleanrooms
with classification 1, 10, 100, 1 000, 10 000, 100 000.
Black
26-410-6
26-410-8
-
Grey
26-420-6
26-420-8
-
Part #
Blue
Lt. Green
26-430-6
26-440-6
26-430-8
26-440-8
26-430-10
26-440-10
Red
26-460-6
26-460-8
26-460-10
White
26-480-8
26-480-10
Order unit - sq. meter. Max size 1828.8 x 2438.4mm (6 x 8’).
(Call for other colors and thicknesses currently in stock)
Expanded PVC
Panel (Sintra®)
Application
UL recognized light panel material for doors, shelves and enclosures. May be
cut, drilled and milled.
Thickness
mm (in)
6 (2.36)
Weight
kg/m2 (lb/ft2)
4.19 (0.858)
Black
26-510-6
Part #
Blue
26-530-6
Red
White
26-560-6 26-580-6
Order unit - sq. meter. Max size 1219.2 x 2438.4mm (4 x 8’).
123
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
Aluminum
Compound Panel
Wire Mesh Panel
2
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
General panel element to replace
fabricated sheet metal. May be cut with
a circular saw. Both sides anodized.
Laminated tempered hardboard panel
with permanently elastic neoprene
adhesive protects against moisture and
allows for thermal expansion.
Technical Data
Exterior finish: .032” Al, clear anodized
Substrate: water resistant hardboard
Thickness: 6.35 mm (.250”)
Max. size: 1219.2 x 2438.4 mm (4 x 8’)
Weight: 7.8 kg/m2 (1.6 lb/ft2)
Description
Aluminum Compund Panel
Unit
sq. meter
Part #
26-170-6
Application
Wire mesh provides a high level of security and can be used for safety guarding
and enclosures around machinery, robotic cells, etc. Constructed of flat welded
steel wire with fuse-bonded PVC coating in black or yellow. Extremely rust and
corrosion resistant. Provides a smooth, snag-free surface, requiring little
maintenance.
Mesh
Size
½” x ½”
1" x 1"
1" x 1"
1 ½” x 1 ½”
2" x 2"
Wire
Gage
16
12
12
12
12
Color
Black
Black
Yellow
Black
Black
Max. Size
inches
48 x 96
48 x 96
48 x 96
48 x 72
48 x 96
Weight
kg/m2 (lb/ft2)
2.89 (0.59)
4.17 (0.85)
4.17 (0.85)
2.98 (0.61)
1.92 (0.39)
Part #
26-210-05
26-210-10
26-250-10
26-210-15
26-210-20
Order unit - sq. meter. Max size 4 x 8’ (4 x 6’ for 26-210-15)
Aluminum Panels
and Plates
Grade 6061 heat treatable mill finish panels and plates can be provided cut to
size and machined per customer drawings. Thickness range: 1/8” to 1”. Anodizing
available on request. Call your local service center for other types of material in
stock (example: stainless steel).
VHB™ Tape
Application
VHB™ (Very High Bond) double
coated acrylic foam tape. Excellent long
term holding power. For use on many
interior and exterior applications. Obtain
optimum adhesion on clean, dry and
well unified bonding surface.
Description
VHB™ Tape
Panel Packaging
Technical Data
Adhesive family: VHB
Adhesive carrier: Acrylic foam closed cell
Thickness: 0.64 mm (0.025”)
Width: 19mm (.75”)
Color: White
Peel adhesion: 350 N/100 mm (20 lb/in)
Dynamic shear: 690 kPA (100 lb/in2)
Temperature tolerance: long-term 93°C
(200°F)
Unit
cut off max. 65M
Part #
26-001M
Application
To insure that panels are received in the best possible condition, a packaging
charge is applied to all panels, specific to the weight and size of the package.
Description
Panel Packaging
Unit
each pkg
124
Part #
19-026
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Pneumatic Applications
2
Pneumatic Control System with separate installation of cables and hoses with conduits 80x40.
125
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Pneumatic Profiles
Profiles can be used as support
structure and compressed-air conduit at
the same time. Connections may be
made at any location. Single or
multiple-chamber airways may be
designed using the appropriate profile.
Cavity areas shown in cm2 (1 cm2 =0.155 in2 )
To calculate volume - multiply area by the profile lengh
10-080
11-080
11-100
10-120
11-088
10-088
2
10-122
11-122
10-164
Pneumatic Connecting
Elements
11-140
10-160
11-160
1 Pneumatic Universal Fastening set for
attaching 80x40 profile at a 90° angle on
another 80x40 profile or larger
2 Pneumatic Butt-Fastening set for
lengthening profiles
1
3 Pneumatic Joining Plate for fastening
80x80 profiles at a 90° angle on another
80x40 profile or larger
2
3
Assembly Guide
Pneumatic seals provide complete air tightness. Due to the seal nature, initial
loosening may occur. Screws should, therefore, be retightened after 24 hours:
M8 screws to 25 Nm (18 ft-lbs)
M6 screws to 14 Nm (10 ft-lbs)
126
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
System Solutions
1
2
3
1
Lengthening 80x80 profiles with
Pneumatic Butt-Fastening Set (20-012)
2
80x80 Profile with Pneumatic Connecting
Plate (21-043) on end of profile
3
Attachment of 80x80 Standard and
80x80 at 90º with Pneumatic T-Joining
Plate (21-044)
4
Attachment of 80x80 Standard and
80x40 profile at a 90º angle with
Pneumatic Universal Fastening Sets
(20-011)
5
80x40 Standard Profile with Pneumatic
Connecting Plate (21-040) on 80mm side
6
80x80 Profile with lateral connection up
to 3/8" drilled directly into profile
4
5
2
6
Special Solutions
1 Pneumatic training
station (courtesy of
National Technology
Transfer, Inc.)
2 Example of compressed
airway using 40x40
Standard profile
3 Compressed air supply at
the work bench using the
40x40 center bore
1
3
4 All cavities can be used
for air supply (ex: 40x40
Standard profile shown)
2
4
Pressure Ratings and
Leak Test
Procedures
Stage 1 - The samples were connected to a nitrogen cylinder. Pressure of
690 kPA (100 psi) was applied. The holding button head screws were checked
and tightened to a torque of 13.6 Nm (10 ft-lbs). Pressure was increased in stages
to 6900 kPa (1000 psi), always checking for leakage at the gaskets.
Stage 2 - Samples were filled with water and pressure applied in stages until the
gaskets leaked or profiles burst.
Profile
80x40
Standard
80x80
Standard
80x40
Heavy
80x80
Heavy
Pressure
Medium
Nitrogen
Water
Nitrogen
Water
Nitrogen
Water
Nitrogen
Water
Recommendations
Safe pressure for:
127
Pressure
kPA (psi)
6,900 (1000)
9,655 (1400)
6,900 (1000)
9,655 (1400)
6,900 (1000)
27,580 (4000)
6,900 (1000)
10,345 (1500)
Standard Profiles
Heavy Profiles
Observation
No leakage
Profile burst
No leakage
Profile burst
No leakage
No leakage
No leakage
Gasket leaked
1725 kPa (250 psi)
3450 kPa (500 psi)
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Pneumatic
Fasteners
1 Processing similar to Universal Fastener
(end mill recommended)
2 Location of fastening elements for 80x40
profile
2
1
20-011
2
Application
For 90º connection of 80x40 profile as
compressed air piping to 80x40 or larger
profiles. Butt-Fastening Set M6 used
for connecting or lengthening aluminum
profiles used as compressed air piping.
Number of sets necessary relative to
load and size of profile(s). Pneumatic
Fasteners are located in the same way
as regular Universal Fasteners.
Description
Technical Data
Zn cast, galvanized
Fastening set 20-011 includes casting,
M6x30 SHCS, M6 T-slot nut
Fastening set 20-012 includes two castings, M6x50 SHCS, M6 hex nut
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
36 g
45 g
Part #
20-011
20-012
20-012
Pneumatic
Connecting Plates
Application
For sealing face of profiles to use as
compressed airway. 80x40 plate can
also be attached to the side of profile.
Technical Data
St, galvanized
Each plate includes one appropriate seal
Profile end mount: M8x25 BHCS (24-125-8)
Profile side mount: M8x18 BHCS (24-118-8), M8 T-slot Nut (20-058)
21-040
Description
Pneu. Conn. Plate 80x40, 1/2" NPT
Pneu. Conn. Plate 80x80, 1" NPT
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
.30 kg
.64 kg
Part #
21-040
21-043
21-043
128
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
Pneumatic Joining
Plates
IPS
Assembly notes for 21-044:
M6 SHCS be inserted head first into
T-slot of 80x80 profile BEFORE
attachment of plate to end
T-Joining Plate Assembly
In-Line Joining Plate Assembly
21-044
Application
T-Joining Plate is used for joining 80x80
profiles at 90º to 80x40 profiles and larger
when used as compressed air conduit.
In-Line Joining Plate is used for
connecting 80x80 profiles face to face
when used as compressed air conduit.
21-045
Technical Data
21-044: St, galvanized
Complete set includes one plate and
two seals (21-144)
21-045: Al, clear anodized
Complete set consists of two plates,
one seal (21-046) and two seals
80x80 (21-042)
For 21-044: four M8x25 BHCS (24125-8), four M6x22 SHCS and four M6
T-slot Nuts (20-056)
For 21-045: twelve M8x25 BHCS (24-125-8)
Description
Pneumatic T-Joining Plate
Pneumatic In-Line Joining Plate
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
.42 kg
1.09 kg
Part #
21-044
21-045
Blank Plates
Application
Used for closing 80x40 and 80x80 air
channel.
Technical Data
Al, anodized
Each plate includes one appropriate seal
M8x25 BHCS (24-125-8)
21-164
Description
Blank Plate 80x40
Blank Plate 80x80
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
0.1 kg
0.2 kg
Part #
21-164
21-165
21-165
129
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Pneumatic Joining/
Connecting Plates
Assembly Notes:
1) M6 SHCS must be inserted
head first into T-slot of profile
BEFORE attachment of plate
to end
2) Use 1/2-14 NPT plug with
the hex socket to plug
unused holes
21-161
2
Application
For sealing end face of appropriate profiles for use as compressed airway or for
joining profiles at 90º or in line.
21-163
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Each plate includes one appropriate
seal
Description
Pneu. Joining/Conn. Plate for 120x40
Pneu. Joining/Conn. Plate for 160x40
Unit
1 set
1 set
Part #
21-161
21-163
Pneumatic Seals
21-041
21-046
21-154
21-042
Application
Replacement seals for pneumatic connections. (Note: retighten screws after
24 hours)
21-144
Description
Seal 80x40
Seal 80x80
Seal 80x80, T-Joining Plate
Seal 120x40
Seal 80x80, In-Line Plate
Seal 160x40
Technical Data
Neoprene or buna, black
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Part #
21-041
21-042
21-144
21-049
21-046
21-154
21-049
130
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Complete Workstations
Modular designed workstations by IPS offer a wide range of options and
accessory combinations. All structural profiles used in our workstations
are made of high strength aluminum, combined with our unique fastening
system, to provide structural stability. All profiles are clear anodized.
Color anodized or epoxy painted are available on request. T-slots permit
easy attachment of accessories. Closed slot profiles suitable for clean
room conditions are also available. Standard workstation accessories
are shown on the following pages.
All workstation designs can be customized for your exact needs. Contact
your local Technical Service Center for engineering assistance in
designing your plant or shop workstations, tables or assembly line.
2
131
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Parts Bin
1
2
3
4
2
22-131
22-132
Technical Data
Bins for small to large parts and equipment on work benches, work stations,
parts racks, etc. Minimizes parts handling.
Electrically-conductive bins (22-124, 22-125) shield out static. Placing bin on
grounded surface or rack automatically grounds bin. Bin material meets
requirements EIA-541.
Order all hardware separately (except for 22-131, 22-132)
Description
Conductive Parts Bin
Parts Bin
Dimensions (mm)
W
D
H
105
140
140
280
105
Parts Bin
Flat Mounting Bracket
Angled Mounting Bracket
Double Mounting Bracket
110
210
60
80
187
280
76
127
280
127
135
187
76
105
40
6.4
47
74
25.4
30
Mounting
Hardware
Not included
(See fig. 1-3
for mounting
choices)
Included
(See fig 4)
Not included
(See fig. 1-3)
Weight
(kg)
.12
.36
.67
Heavy duty
1.24
polypropylene, red
.08
.11
.12
.20
.02
Al, anodized
.08
.07
Material
Electrically conductive
plastic, black
132
Part #.
22-124
22-125
22-126
22-127
22-128
22-129
22-131
22-132
22-128Z2
22-128Z3
22-128Z4
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
Adjustable Bin Mounting
Components
F
Vertical posts, bins
and bin mounting
hardware not
included.
22-130
Application
Adjustable bin mounting system for 40
Series work stations and assembly lines.
Allows shelf adjustment in two directions:
up-down and in-out. 40 series profile
can be used as brace for bins at any
required horizontal length.
Bins and bin mounting hardware must
be ordered separately.
22-134
Drawer
Technical Data
Slide Rail: Al, clear anodized
Slide Collar: Delrin, black
Includes all hardware as shown.
Max. load F = 60 N (13.5 lbs)
Mounting Brace includes: profile and
two end caps.
Description
Bin Mounting Slide Rail (2 req.)
Slide Collar (2 req.)
Unit
1 set
1 set
Bin Mounting Brace 48"
Bin Mounting Brace 60”
1 set
1 set
Weight
.53 kg
81 g
Part #
22-130
22-134
50-522
50-524
Technical Data
Grey painted steel construction with ball bearing slides and padlock attachment.
Stackable.
For mounting to 40 series profile:
M8 T-slot nut (20-058), M8x18 BHCS (24-118-8), M8 flat washers (24-200-8).
Description (W x D x H)
Drawer 15.75 x 20 x 6.75”
Drawer 15.75 x 20 x 13.5”
133
Part #
DRW100
DRW200
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Tool Runner
22-136
22-135
Application
To suspend and postion tools at work
stations. Runner slides in 40 series
profile.
Description
Runner
Runner 90º
Runner Stop
2
Tool Retractor
“Zero Gravity”
Tool Balancer
Technical Data
Runner: glass-filled nylon, black
Runner 90º: UHMW, black
Runner Stop includes M5 T-slot nut Zn
40 and M5x16 flat point set screw
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 set
Weight
12 g
18 g
7g
Part #
22-136
22-135
22-137
Application
A light amount of downward force must be continually applied to keep the
suspended tool in its position. No tools are required to adjust tension. Durable
nylon cable for long life and reduced maintenance. Mounts to tool boom with tool
runners 22-135 and 22-136.
Amin
236.1
Dimensions (mm)
B
C
101.6 55.6
330.2
139.7
78.5
Capacity
lbs
kg
1-2
0.5 - 0.9
2-4
0.9 - 1.8
4-6
1.8 - 2.7
6-8
2.7 - 3.6
Part #
50-600-1
50-601-1
50-602-1
50-603-1
Application
Allows worker to move suspended tool up and down with very little effort. Also
capable of stationary positioning. Improves productivity and reduces fatigue of
operator. Stranded steel cable support. Mounts to tool boom with tool runners
22-135 or 22-136.
Capacity
lbs
kg
0.8 - 2.6
0.4 - 1.2
2.6 - 5.7
1.2 - 2.6
5.7 - 8.4
2.6 - 3.8
8.4 - 11.5
3.8 - 5.2
Description
Tool Balancer
134
Part #
50-600
50-601
50-602
50-603
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Ratchet Stay
23-400
Mounting Ratchet Stay to a 40 series profile
(recommended gap between two profiles 12mm)
23-400Z1
Application
Ten position ratchet support for use on
lids, tilting workstation surfaces or
similar applications. Extend stay until
it locks in the desired position. To
retract, first fully extend the stay, then
push it back.
Description
Ratchet Stay
Ratchet Stay with Bracket
Electrical Outlet
Strip
Ratchet Stay on Split-Tiliting Surface.
Technical Data
St, galvanized
Mounts to 40 series profile with
M8x20 BHCS (24-120-8), M8 flat
washer (24-700-8), M8 T-slot nut
(20-058), one per hole
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
0.29 kg
0.39 kg
Part #
23-400
23-400Z1
Technical Data
UL listed, CSA certified. Provides for 120V, 15A service. Eight outlets with switch
and pilot light. 6’ cord with plug. All mounting hardware included.
Description
Electrical Outlet Strip, 24" Width
135
Part #
50-630
50-632
Houston, TX 77066
2
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Monitor/Keyboard
Swing Arm Kit
Application:
Kit for mounting to any 40 series profile, allowing user to customize height
position of monitor and keyboard to individual requirements. Sold in kit only.
Technical Data:
St: gloss black painted
Kit Includes:
• swivel tray
• keyboard tray
• 10” swivel arm
• front mount post
2
2 X M8 HD T-slot nut (20-064)
2 X M8 x 16 BHCS (24-116-8)
Part #
50-670
Swivel Tray
10” Swing Arm
Keyboard Tray & Supports
Front Mount Post
136
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
800-333-4932
IPS
Gas Spring Lift System
Telescoping post made out of 36x36 (10-036) and 56x56 (11-056) profiles, equipped
with gas spring. Can be built to any size and various lifting capabilities.
Hydraulic lift systems that fit in the cavity of 56x56 profile are also available. Call
us with your special needs.
2
Gas Spring
137
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
2-Cylinder Lift System
with Telescopic Guides
1
2
2
2
1
3
1
2,3
Pump mount details.
Telescopic guide and cylinder mount
details (hardware quantities shown per side).
3
50-702
Application
2-Cylinder Lift System together with
Telescopic Guides create a compact
versatile height adjustment mechanism.
The system consists of two fluid-drive
cylinders connected by flexible tubing
to a manual pump with a unique “foldaway” hand crank. Due to cylinder
internal construction, use of telescopic
guides is required. Each guide has four
mounting holes (two on top, two on
bottom) that can be tapped for M8 or
5/16”-18.
Technical Data
Maximum lift capacity 2224 N (500lbs.)
Adjustment range 300mm
Cylinders are single acting. External
force of approx. 67 N (15 lbs.) is required
for return stroke.
Tubing length: one at 8’ and one at 10’
section.
Minimum bending radius for tubing
40mm.
Operating temperature 0 - 115°F.
Order mounting hardware for pump and telescopic guides separately
(see application illustration).
Spare retainer rings for cylinder: 800.09 (upper), 800.08 (lower)
*
**
50-703
Distance between mounting holes
Cylinder mounting distance
Description
Telescopic Guide (2 required)
Mounting Plate for 50-703
138
Unit
1 set
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
4.3 kg
6g
Part #
50-702
50-703
50-704
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Hardware
IPS
800-333-4932
1
2
2
2
1
3
1
2,3
Pump mount details.
Cylinder mount details (hardware
quantities shown per cylinder).
3
Application
4-Cylinder Lift System is a compact
versatile height adjustment mechanism.
It consists of four fluid-drive cylinders
connected by flexible tubing to a manual
pump with a unique “fold-away” hand
crank. The cylinders are completely selfcontained, requiring no external support
structure.
Each cylinder has five pre-tapped
mounting holes: four on a flat side
(M5x7mm deep) and one at the bottom
(M10x12mm deep).
Technical Data
Maximum lift capacity 3336 N (750lbs.)
Adjustment range 300mm
Cylinders are single acting. External
force of approx. 89 N (20 lbs.) is required
for return stroke.
Tubing length: two at 8’ and two at 10’
section.
Minimum bending radius for tubing
40mm.
Operating temperature 0 - 115°F.
Order all mounting hardware separately (see application sample 1-3).
Description
Unit
1 set
Mounting Plate for 50-700 (2 per cylinder) 1 pc
139
Weight
11.7 kg
6g
Part #
50-700
50-705
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
45 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
45 Series Profiles
Application
Profiles for general engineering
structures. Widely used in automotive
industry for constructing framework for
assembly and conveyor lines.
Compatible with all Bosch hardware.
14-040
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
1
14-045
3
3
Order No.
IX
[cm4]
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
14-040
14-045
14-046
14-090
11.23
15.81
17.30
32.20
11.23
15.81
28.52
124.40
4.99
7.03
7.69
14.31
4.99
7.03
9.51
27.64
5.69
8.25
8.88
15.25
1.54
2.23
2.40
4.12
Description
Profile 45x45 Light
Unit
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 at 6M ea.
Part #
14-040
14-040-3
14-040-6
Profile 45x45
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 16 at 3M ea.
pkg of 16 zt 6M ea.
14-045
14-045-3
14-045-6
Profile 45x60 Light
cut off max. 6M
14-046
Profile 45x90
cut off max. 6M
pkg of 8 at 3M ea.
pkg of 8 at 6M ea.
14-090
14-090-3
14-090-6
14-046
14-090
19-001
5
End Cap 45
Application
For covering exposed end of 45 series
profiles.
Description
End Cap 45x45
End Cap 45x90
End Cap 45x60
Technical Data
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
140
Weight
9g
18 g
11 g
Part #
17-813
17-814
17-815
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
45 Series
800-333-4932
IPS
Barrel Type
Connector 45
Typical Servicing
Typical Dimensions
1
17-020
17-020
17-021
3
3
17-021
17-015
17-015
Application
Quick connector provides quick and easy way of connecting 45 series profiles
at right angle. Select one of two connectors that allows better acces to set screw.
Profile-to-Wall connector is used for attaching 45 series profile to walls or
metal panels. M6 tapped hole in the wall should be on the center line of the
profile.
All connectors require 6mm hexagon wrench.
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Description
Quick Connector 45, Horizontal Access
Quick Connector 45, Vertical Access
Profile-to-Wall Connector 45
141
Unit
1 set
1 set
1 set
Weight
58 g
58 g
55 g
Part #
17-020
17-021
17-015
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
45 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Connection Screw
1
Application
Used for right angle connection of 45
series profiles.
Description
Connection Screw M12x30
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Recomended torque 35Nm
Unit
1 pc
Weight
g
Part #
17-130-12
T-Slot Connector 45
3
3
17-023
5
Application
Allows concealed right angle connection
of 45 series profiles. No machining of
profile is required. Inside connector
(17-023) allows easy adjustability.
Outside connector (17-024) leaves inner
T-slots unobstructed for panel
installation. Cross member profile can
be positioned at any location. Connector
must be inserted from end face of
profile. Requires using 4mm hexagon
wrench.
17-024
Description
T-Slot Connector 45, Inside
T-Slot Connector 45, Outside
142
Technical Data
Brass, die cast, plated
Includes two M8x12 set screws
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
50 g
52 g
Part #
17-023
17-024
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
45 Series
800-333-4932
T-Slot Nut 45
IPS
Application
Universal mounting element for 45
series profiles. Can be inserted into
10mm T-slot at any location.
insert
turn & tighten
Description
T-Slot Nut 45, M5
T-Slot Nut 45, M6
T-Slot Nut 45, M8
HD T-Slot Nut 45
Application
Universal mounting element for 45
series profiles. HD T-Slot nut slides into
profile from end face.
Description
HD T-Slot Nut 45, M5
T-Bolt 45
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Color : M5, M8 - silver
M6 - gold
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
7g
7g
7g
Part #
17-042
17-046
17-048
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
19 g
20 g
18 g
Part #
17-052
17-056
17-058
Application
Threaded stud with head that fits into
10mm T-slot. Used to attach
equipment and fixtures to 45 series
profiles. Can be inserted into theT-slot
at any location.
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Includes hex flange lock nut.
Description
T-Bolt 45, M8x25
T-Bolt 45, M8x30
143
1
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
21 g
21 g
Part #
17-425-8
17-430-8
Houston, TX 77066
3
3
5
Catalog 1816
45 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Gusset Bracket 45
1
3
3
17-101
17-102
Application
External element for attaching 45
series profiles at right angle. Can also
be used as additional bracing at joints.
No machining of profile is required.
T-slot alignment tabs on the back of
bracket provide easy positioning. If
required they can be easily removed
with a screw driver.
Description
Technical Data
Al, cast
M8x25 T-Bolt 45 with hex flange nut
(17-425-8), one per hole.
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
51 g
89 g
330 g
155 g
Part #
17-101
17-102
17-103
17-104
17-103
5
17-104
144
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
45 Series
800-333-4932
IPS
Connection Link 45
Application
Fastening element for easy and rigid
connection of 45 series profile and
other parts.
Description
Connection Link 45
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Includes four M8x12 SHCS, four M8
fender washers.
Unit
1 set
Weight
181 g
1
Part #
17-050
Floating Pivot Joint
3
3
Application
For easy attachment of gusset
members at various angles.
Description
Floating Pivot Joint
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
M8x25 T-Bolt 45 w/ hex flange nut
(17-425-8), one per hole
Unit
1 pc
Weight
236 g
Part #
17-325
5
Base Plate
Application
Bolts to the end or side of profiles for
mounting of leveling feet or eyebolts.
(See page 79 for M12 Knuckle Foot).
Technical Data
St, zinc plated
Description
Base Plate 45x90, M12
145
Unit
1 pc
Weight
408 g
Part #
17-124
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
45 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Medium Duty
Plastic Hinge
Application
Plastic hinges for constructing medium duty guard/enclosure doors for 45 series
profiles. Hinges are offered in two types: removable (for left and right side
mount) and non-removable. Alignment pins for 8mm T-slot can be removed
allowing hinge mount to a flat surface such as panel.
Order mounting hardware separately
Profile 45: M6x16 FHCS (24-216-6) and M6 T-slot nut 45 (17-046)
Panel (6mm and 8mm): M6x20 FHCS (24-220-6) and M6 locknut (24-716-6)
Technical Data
Glass-filled nylon, black with stainless steel pin
Max. torque - 100 Nm
1
Removable Hinge
3
3
Non-Removable Hinge
Dimensions (mm)
A1
A2
B1 B2
Weight
(g)
Mount to Profile
43
22.5 22.5
38.5 38.5
41
45/45 (0mm gap)
45 to Panel
Hinge Type
Part #
Non-removable
23-545
Left Side Mount
23-545L
Right Side Mount
23-545R
5
Plastic T-Slot Cover
Application
Dust-tight cover provides aesthetic
appearance and converts T-slot to a
conduit available for wire routing.
17-111B
Description
PVC Cover Strip 45
Technical Data
PVC, black
Unit
1 pc at 2M
146
Weight
59 g
Part #
17-111B
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
45 Series
IPS
800-333-4932
Uniblock 45
Application
Mounting element for attaching panels
to 45 series profiles. Insert uniblock into
T-slot at any location and lock in
position by turning 90° clockwise.
Recommended gap around panel
1mm.
Technical Data
Square nut - zinc plated steel
Description
Uniblock 45, M6
Unit
1 pc
Weight
10 g
Part #
17-113
Application
Mounting elements for attaching panels
1-8 mm thick to 45 series profiles
without using additional fasteners or
machining the panel. Insert block into
T-slot at any location and lock in
position by turning 90° clockwise. Slide
locking clip to secure the panel. To
remove panel loosen locking clip with
a flat screwdriver.
Recommended gap around panel - 6 mm.
Clamp Block
1
3
3
Technical Data
Description
Clamp Block 45
Cable Tie Holder
Unit
1 pc
Weight
8g
Part #
17-112
Application
Mounting element for fast and easy
securing open wiring or tubing to 45
series profiles with plastic tie (not
included). Insert holder into T-slot at
any location and lock in position by
turning 90° clockwise.
Technical Data
Description
147
Unit
1 pc
Weight
5g
Part #
17-201
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
Linear Applications
1
3
3
4
5
3-Axis gantry loader with vacuum pickup
148
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
Roller Systems
Roller Systems feature quick
mounting, high loading capacity, any
required stroke length, and high
traveling speed. Low friction ensures
reliability. The system may be
mounted on any of the 40 series
profiles. We recommend construction
of the guide system based on the
following principles:
Roller System 6 - 40x40 and 80x40
Standard profiles.
Roller Systems 10 and 14 - Standard
or Heavy profiles.
Roller System 25 - only Heavy profiles
1
Roller System 6
Max. load: 500 N (110 lbs)
Roller System 10
Max. load: 2,400 N (540 lbs)
The guide rollers are precision, double
row radial bearings. Permanently
lubricated and sealed for heavy duty
applications and long life. The bearing
unit end caps provide a built-in
lubrication pad and also serve as a
very efficient dust cover.
3
3
IPS Roller Systems are compatible
with controls and drive components of
other manufacturers. They combine
with timing belt drives, rodless air
cylinders or precision lead screw
drives.
Roller System 14
Max. load: 3,000 N (675 lbs)
Roller System 25
Max. load: 12,000 N (2,700 lbs)
4
Engineered
Linear Systems
IPS offers a full line of pre-engineered
Linear Systems for "off the shelf"
purchase. Simply specify the stroke
length, up to 6 meters (20’), and the type
of motor mounting required. Some
profiles are available to construct track
lengths of up to 10 meters (30’) or longer
when joined in multiple modules.
5
Automatic test module for electric screwdrivers
149
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Assembly of Guide Shaft
Procedure for mounting the guide
shafts:
1 Clean the T-slot of support profile
and the shaft clamp.
2 Press the shaft clamp completely
into the support profile (Shaft Clamp
25 must be attached to the profile
using M8x16 FHCS and M8 T-slot
nuts 40).
3 The linear shaft should be covered
with an anticorrosive lubricant,
petroleum jelly or silicon. Press in
the guide shaft using a clamp press
or similar means. Shafts can be
additionally secured using dowel
pins.
1 Shaft Clamp for
connecting the shaft
to 40 series Standard or Heavy Tslots
1
1
2 Shaft pressed in
with mounting aid
3
3
2
3 For guides of
more than 3m in
length, stagger the
clamp profile and
shaft joints
4
5
3
Minimum Stroke Length
In order to insure adequate lubrication the following minimum stroke length
requirements for slide must be observed.
Bearing Unit
Single Unit
Double Unit
Custom
Units
6
10
14
14 HD
60 mm
80 mm
60 mm 80 mm
80 mm
160 mm 140 mm 160 mm
50 mm
120 mm
+ Length of Roller/Lube System
150
25
120 mm
300 mm
235 mm
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Load Capacity
IPS linear guides feature simple
assemby, high loading capacity, any
required stroke length and high travel
speed. The bearing units come in four
sizes for light, medium and heavy duty
applications.
• Roller System 6
Linear system suitable for compact,
light duty applications.
• Roller System 10
Linear system suitable for medium loads
Field proven system for wide ranging
linear motion applications.
Heavy duty unit suitable for high loads.
1
3
3
4
Roller System
F1
F2
F3
F4 [N]
6
125 N
(28 lbs)
500 N
(112 lbs)
250 N
(56 lbs)
250
1+
l22
l12
M [Nm]
250 x l
10
600 N
(135 lbs)
2,400 N
(540 lbs)
1,200 N
(270 lbs)
1200
l22
1+
l12
14
750 N
(170 lbs)
3,000 N
(675 lbs)
1,500 N
(337 lbs)
1500
l22
1+
l12
25
3,000 N
(675 lbs)
12,000 N
(2,700 lbs)
6,000 N
(1,350 lbs)
6000
l22
1+
l12
1,200 x l
1,500 x l
6,000 x l
Rated at 10,000 km (6213 miles)
5 m/s maximum (16 ft/s)
151
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Roller System 6
1
1
Required tools for assembly of Roller
System 6: 3mm and 5mm hexagon
wrench (40-009, 40-014)
2
1
The roller is secured by a set screw that locks
the main bolt
2
The roller is preloaded with an eccentric bolt
and 5mm wrench; tighten set screw with 3mm
wrench
3
Roller profile with multiple rollers for custom
bearing Unit
3
3
3
Maximum stroke for configuration shown: 675 mm
4
5
Note
Configuration shown: 80x16 plate with
smooth top surface; bottom surface is
tapped M8 for the limit stop and M6 for
clamping block mount.
Alternative option: 80x16 plate with
T-slots on top counterbored for M8
screws for attaching bearing units and
clamping block; bottom of the plate is
tapped M8 for the limit stop.
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Description
40x40 Heavy Profile @ 1000mm
Shaft Clamp 6 @ 998mm
Linear Shaft 6 @ 998mm
80x16 Profile @ 300mm
End Cap 80x16
Single Bearing Unit 6 Centric
Single Bearing Unit 6 Eccentric
End Cap/Lubricating System 6
Reversing Unit 40 Spline
Reversing Unit 40 w/8mm Bore
Universal Adapter Flange
Adapter Shaft, Blank
Timing Belt 25T10 @ 2300mm
Clamping Block for Belt 25T10
Fastening Set for Bearing Units 6
M6x20 Socket Head Cap Screw
M6 Lock Nut
Limit Stop, Bi-Directional
Proximity Switch
Mounting Plate for Proximity Switch
Exciter Cam
152
Part #
11-040
13-106
13-506
10-081
18-812
30-401
30-403
30-407
31-122
31-124
31-014
31-010
31-052-1
31-030
20-007
24-320-6
24-716-6
24-3120-6
31-038
24-345-6
31-035
31-036
31-033
Qty
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
2
2
1
3
2
1
2
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Roller System 6
13-505
13-506
13-106
800-333-4932
IPS
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 6 for light duty applications
Technical Data
Linear Shaft: Cf53 high grade carbon steel (AISI 1050)
Precision ground to ISO h6 tolerance +0
-8 µm
Roundness: 4 µm
Parallelism: 5 µm/1000mm
Surface quality: Ra 0.3µm (Rz 1.6µm)
Hardness depth: minimum 0.4 mm
Surface hardness: 670 to 840 HV (RC 59 to 65)
1
Shaft clamp: Al, anodized
Bearing Units: Aluminum anodized housing, Roller 6 (30-008), Bolt 6 Centric
(30-006) or Eccentric (30-007), and M6x8 cone point set screw
Preload range for eccentric bearing units ± 0.45 mm
End Cap/ Lubricating System (set of left and right): glass-filled nylon, black;
includes felt, spring and M4x10 SHCS
30-401
30-403
Fastening Set (one required per bearing unit): two M8x16 BHCS, two M8 T-slot
nuts, and two M8 flat washers
Description
Linear Shaft 6
Linear Shaft 6, Hard Chrome Coated
Unit
per meter*
per meter*
Weight
Part #
0.22 kg/m 13-506
0.22 kg/m 13-505
Saw Cut for Linear Shaft
Shaft Clamp 6
19-007
per meter
0.12 kg/m 13-106
Saw Cut for Shaft Clamp
30-402
30-404
30-407
19-001
Single Bearing Unit 6, Centric
Single Bearing Unit 6, Eccentric
Double Bearing Unit 6, Centric
Double Bearing Unit 6, Eccentric
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
0.18 kg
0.18 kg
0.22 kg
0.22 kg
30-401
30-403
30-402
30-404
End Cap/ Lubricating System 6
Replacement Felt 6
1 set
1 pc
20 g
30-407
30-407z1
Fastening Set for Bearing Unit 6
1 set
40 g
20-007
* Call for standard lengths in stock
20-007
153
3
3
Houston, TX 77066
4
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
Roller System 10
1
Required tools for assembly of Roller System 10:
5mm hexagon wrench (40-014), Spanner wrench (40-032-14)
3
3
4
5
Single Bearing Units 10 on 80x80 Profile
Double Bearing Units 10 on 80x40 Profile
Carriage Plate: Length = L + 80
(T-slots parallel to 80x80 rail)
Carriage Plate: Length = 130mm
(T-slots perpendicular to 80x40 rail)
Recommended hardware: four fastening sets HD for bearing
units (20-030). Required machining - eight access holes
through 160x28 profile.
Recommended hardware: eight of each M8 T-slot nut HD
(20-064), M8x25 SHCS (24-325-8), M8 safety spring washer
(24-718-8). Required machining - eight counterbored holes
on the top T-slots of 160x28.
154
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Roller System 10
13-510
800-333-4932
IPS
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 10 for medium duty applications
Technical Data
+0
Precision ground to ISO h6 tolerance -9 µm
Roundness: 4 µm
1
Shaft Clamp: Al, anodized
13-110
Bearing Units:
Centric: Al, anodized housing, Roller 10 (30-510), Bolt 10/14 Centric (30-105),
two spacers per roller (30-504z3), End Cap/ Lubricating System
Eccentric: Al, anodized housing, Roller 10 (30-510), Bolt 10 Eccentric (30-506),
one spacer per roller (30-504z4), M8x12 nylon tipped set screw
(24-689), End Cap/ Lubricating System
End Cap/ Lubricating System: Trespa cap with pin, felt, spring, M8x10 BHCS,
M4x10 set screw, and access plug
30-501
30-503
Fastening set (one required per single bearing unit, two per double bearing
unit): two M8x18 BHCS, two M8 T-slot nuts HD, and two M8 safety spring
washers.
Description
Linear Shaft 10
Unit
per meter*
Weight
Part #
0.61 kg/m 13-510
Shaft Clamp 10
19-007
per meter
Note: T-slot on top are 40 series, on two
sides are 28 series
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Replacement Felt 10
1 pc
Fastening Set HD for Bearing Unit
1 set
0.48 kg
0.48 kg
0.88 kg
0.88 kg
30-501
30-503
30-502
30-504
30-504z5
40 g
20-030
20-030
155
4
0.25 kg/m 13-110
30-502
30-504
3
3
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Roller System 14
1
2
1
System 14: 5mm hexagon wrench
(40-014), spanner wrench (40-032-14)
3
4
5
3
3
1
Roller is secured into
block with shoulder bolt
(use 5mm wrench)
2
Roller pre-loading with
eccentric bolt. Roller is
secured by counter lock
spanner nut. Preload with
5mm Allen wrench
3-4 Shaft secured with 6mm
straight pin over extreme
lengths (any location)
4
5
5
Maximum stroke for configuration shown:
with limit stop (31-038) - 765 mm
without limit stop - 850 mm
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Using the 28 angle bracket
against slippage
Description
Part #
80x40 Heavy Profile @ 1000mm
11-080
Shaft Clamp 14 @ 998mm
13-114
Linear Shaft 14 @ 998mm
13-514
160x28 Profile @ 140mm
11-128
End Cap 160x28
18-816
Double Bearing Unit 14 Eccentric
30-104
Double Bearing Unit 14 Centric
30-102
End Cap/Lubricating System 14
30-107
Reversing Unit 40 Spline
31-122
Reversing Unit 40 Idler
31-126
31-014
31-010
Timing Belt 25T10 @ 2300mm
31-052-1
Clamping Block for Belt 25T10
31-030
Fastening Set HD for Bearing Units 20-030
24-320-6
HD T-Slot Nut St, M6
20-060
24-3120-6
M6 Lock Nut
24-716-6
31-038
24-345-6
156
Qty
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
3
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Roller System 14
13-513
13-514
IPS
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 14 for medium duty applications
Technical Data
+0
Precision ground to ISO h6 tolerance -11 µm
Roundness: 5 µm
1
13-114
Bearing Units:
Al, anodized housing, Roller 14 (30-108), Bolt 14 Centric (30-105) or Eccentric
(30-106), and spacer (30-108z1)
End Cap/ Lubricating System (set of left and right): glass-filled nylon, black;
includes felt, spring, M8x10 BHCS
Fastening set (one required per bearing unit): two M8x18 BHCS, two M8 T-slot
nuts HD, and two M8 safety spring washers
30-101
30-103
Description
Linear Shaft 14
Linear Shaft 14, (Hard chrome coated)
Unit
per meter*
per meter*
Weight
Part #
1.21 kg/m 13-514
1.21 kg/m 13-513
Shaft Clamp 14
19-007
per meter
0.26 kg/m 13-114
30-102
30-104
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
0.40 kg
0.40 kg
0.88 kg
0.88 kg
30-101
30-103
30-102
30-104
Replacement Felt 14
1 set
1 pc
50 g
30-107
30-107z1
1 set
40 g
20-030
30-107
20-030
157
3
3
Houston, TX 77066
4
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
Roller System 14 HD
1
Required tools for assembly of Roller System 14HD: 5mm hexagon wrench (40-014),
spanner wrench (40-032-14)
3
3
4
5
Single Bearing Units 14HD on 80x80 Profile
Double Bearing Units 14HD on 80x40 Profile
Carriage Plate: Length = L + 80
(T-slots parallel to 80x80 rail)
Carriage Plate: Length = 150mm
(T-slots perpendicular to 80x40 rail)
Recommended hardware: four fastening sets HD for bearing
units (20-030). Required machining - eight access holes
through 160x28 profile.
Recommended hardware: eight for each M8 T-slot nut HD
(20-064), M8x25 SHCS (24-325-8), M8 safety spring washer
(24-718-8). Required machining - eight counterbored holes
on the top T-slots of 160x28.
158
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Roller System 14 HD
13-513
13-514
800-333-4932
IPS
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 14 HD for medium and heavy duty
applications
Technical Data
+0
Precision ground to ISO h6 tolerance -11
µm
Roundness: 5 µm
1
13-114
Bearing Units:
(30-106), one spacer per roller (30-114z3), M8x12 nylon tipped set screw (24689) for eccentric only, End Cap/ Lubricating System
End Cap/ Lubricating System: Trespa cap with pin, felt, spring, M8x10 BHCS,
M4x10 set screw, and access plug
Fastening set (one required per single bearing unit, two per double bearing
unit): two M8x18 BHCS, two M8 T-slot nuts HD, and two M8 safety spring
washers.
30-111
30-113
Description
Linear Shaft 14
Unit
per meter*
per meter*
Weight
Part #
1.21 kg/m 13-514
1.21 kg/m 13-513
Shaft Clamp 14
19-007
per meter
4
0.25 kg/m 13-114
19-001
Single Bearing Unit 14 HD, Centric
Single Bearing Unit 14 HD, Eccentric
Double Bearing Unit 14 HD, Centric
Double Bearing Unit 14 HD, Eccentric
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
30-112
30-114
Replacement Felt 14HD
1 pc
Note: T-slot on top are 40 series, on two
sides are 28 series
Fastening Set HD for Bearing Units
1 set
0.58 kg
0.58 kg
1.07 kg
1.07 kg
30-111
30-113
30-112
30-114
30-114z5
40 g
20-030
20-030
159
3
3
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Roller System 25
1
1
1
3
3
4
2
Roller adjusting with 5mm hexagon
wrench. Spanner wrench required for
eccentric adjustment.
2
Re-oiling of Bearing Units via felt oiler/
wiper on spring loaded End Cap/
Lubricating System.
3
Standard bores for dowel pin 8H7 (included)
drilled for 7.7 mm dia.
4
Area on back for optional set screw
clearance bores (not included).
3
System 25: 5mm hexagon wrench
(40-014), spanner wrench (40-032-25)
5
Attachment of Shaft Clamp Profile 25 to 40 Series
profile using M8x16 FHCS and M8 T-slot Nuts. Shaft
anchored with 10mm straight pin (any location)
160
4
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Roller System 25
13-524
13-525
IPS
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 25 for heavy duty applications.
Technical Data
+0
Precision ground to ISO h6 tolerance -13
µm
Roundness: 6 µm
1
13-125
Bearing Units:
(30-206)
End Cap/ Lubricating System (set of two): glass-filled nylon, black; includes
felt, spring, M8x10 BHCS
Fastening set (two required per single bearing unit, four per double bearing set):
two M8x18 BHCS, two M8 T-slot nuts HD, and two M8 safety spring washers.
30-201
30-202
Description
Linear Shaft 25
Unit
Weight
per meter* 3.83 kg/m
per meter* 3.83 kg/m
Shaft Clamp 25
per meter
1.0 kg/m
13-125
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Replament Felt 25
1 set
1 pc
1 set
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
5.3 kg
5.3 kg
30-207
30-207z1
40 g
4
30-202
30-201
30-204
30-203
20-030
20-030
30-207
161
3
3
19-007
30-203
30-204
Part #
13-525
13-524
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Components for Bearing Units
Technical Data
St, 100 Cr6, ground and hardened, double ball bearing with two shields,
maintenance free
Track Rollers
Dimensions, mm
Load, N
Maximum Weight
Part #
Shaft Dia
RPM
g
d2
a
b1 b2 Dynamic Static
d1
6
5
10.5 8
7
1600
900
5000
7
30-008
10
12 20.65 15.9 15.9
8500
5100
16
30-508
14
12
24
20 18
10800
6400
2500
88
30-108
25
20
45
30 28
24000
14400
1250
590 30-208
1
Technical Data
St, black oxide
Bolts
Eccentricity
W e ight
Used in Bearing Units
Part #
mm
g
6-Centric
N/A
30-401, 30-402
6
30-006
6-Eccentric
0.45
30-403, 30-404
6
30-007
Type
30-006
30-007
3
3
4
30-105
10/14-Centric
N/A
10-Eccentric
14-Eccentric
25-Centric
25-Eccentric
1.0
1.0
N/A
1.5
30-101, 30-102, 30-111,
30-112, 30-501, 30-502
30-503,
30-103,
30-202,
30-201,
30-504
30-104
30-204
30-203
48
30-105
46
46
120
120
30-506
30-106
30-205
30-206
30-106
5
30-506
Spacers
30-205
30-206
Technical Data
St, black oxide
Dimensions, mm
Qty Required
Used with
I.D. O.D. Thickness
per Roller
12 18
1.0
Bolt 14 Centric and Eccentric
1
10.2 19
1.1
Bolt 14 HD Centric and Eccentric
1
12.2 19
2.1
Bolt 10 Centric
2
10.2 19
2.1
Bolt 10 Eccentric
1
162
Part #
30-108z1
30-114z3
30-504z3
30-504z4
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Locking Mechanism
for Linear Slides
2
1
1
2
Holding Force
Hand Tight
appx. 5.5 Nm
lubricated
appx 200 N
Mounting example of locking mechanism 28 on 16x80
profile (M5 stud shortened by 12mm).
Mounting example of locking mechanism 28 on
160x28 carriage plate.
Application
Locks linear slides on 40 series rail.
Locking does not distort shaft or roller.
Not suitable for high shock loads. Use
locking mechanism 28 for 160x28
carriage
plates, and Locking
Mechanism 40 on 160x40 carriage
plates.
Hand Tight
Appx. 5.5 Nm
1
appx. 500 N
Technical Data
Clamping Jaw: cast steel, zinc plated
Clamping Wedge: cast steel, rust
resistant, plated
Handle, black
Washer, zinc plated
Max. tightening torque 5.5 Nm
3
3
Description
Locking Mechanism 28
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
94 g
95 g
Part #
30-414
30-415
4
5
163
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
1
3
3
4
5
164
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Linear Drive
Components
1 Timing Belt Reversing Unit 40 for
driving or reversing the timing belt
2 Timing Belt Clamp and Tensioner
1
2
3 Counter Reversing Unit
4 Multi-Spline Shaft
3
1
4
Design Examples
1-2 Construction with one axis of movement
3 Construction with two axis of movement.
NOTE: Timing Belt Reversing Units are not
structural elements. ALL MOTORS MUST BE
PROPERLY SUPPORTED.
3
3
1
4
2
5
3
165
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Reversing Unit 40
2
1
3
4
1
1 Attachment of Reversing Unit 40 to a profile
(mounting hardware included).
2 Two Reversing Units 40 with belts running
on opposite sides of 80x80 profile
3 Reversing Units 40 with a common spline
connection
4 Top of profile needs a 3mm radius to prevent
belt chatter
5 Mounting the Reversing Unit 40 to an 80x80
or 160x80 profile with the belt running on the
80mm side (requires mounting plate 31-129
and fastening set 20-129).
5
3
3
4
5
Application
To drive and reverse timing belt 25T10
for precise linear motion using profiles
and linear guides. Choice of drive
pulleys with spline 6x11x14mm ISO14
with Ø8H7 or Ø19. Pulley with 8mm
bore can be drilled to max. Ø15mm.
Housing accommodates attachment of
drive motor adapter flange or serial
connection of multiple reversing units.
Reversing Unit 40 can be mounted to
the end of profile directly or with
Mounting Plate (31-129). Mounting
Plate is designed for center mount of
Reversing Units 40 and 80 to end of
80x80 or 160x80 Profile with belt running
on 80mm side.
Technical Data
Die cast zinc, black coated
Pulley: St, black oxide, Pitch - 10 mm,
Teeth - 15 (one revolution corresponds
to 150mm), Pitch Dia. 47.75 mm
Maximum load MD= 20 Nm (14.7 ft-lb)
Belt length inside reversing unit
depends on type of connection:
90° connection
- 140 mm
180° connection
- 160 mm
w/ Counter Reversing Unit - 200 mm
Complete with two Profile-to-Wall fasteners and ten access hole plugs
Mounting Plate 31-129:
Al, anodized
Fastening Set 20-129:
Two M8x16 SHCS, four M8x35 SHCS,
six M8 rib spring washers and four M8
barrel nuts.
Description
Reversing Unit 40
Pulley
Spline
8mm Bore
Idler
Unit
1 set
1 set
1 set
Weight
1.85 kg
1.85 kg
1.85 kg
Part #
31-122
31-124
31-126
1 pc
1 set
.40 kg
31-129
20-129
Replacement pulleys available on request
Mounting Plate, Rev. Unit 40
Fast. set for Mounting Plate RU40
166
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Counter Reversing
Unit
1
3
1
Optional attachment of Proximity Switch
(31-035) in Counter Revering Unit
2
Attachment of Reversing Unit 40 to Counter
Reversing Unit using Fastening Set 20-023
3
Attachment of 40x40 profile to Counter Rev.
Unit using Standard Fastener 20-002
4
Stationary drive unit with profile as mobile
axis
5
Perpendicular slide
arrangement with
vertical and
horizontal axis;
powered with one
drive
2
1
3
3
5
4
4
Application
Counter Reversing Unit permits
flexibility in drive attachment between
mobile and stationary platforms.
A two-axis system may be constructed
with one powered drive. The unit is
attached to the machine base or frame
either directly or with optional bracket.
It permits reduction in the mass of the
mobile platform allowing higher
operating speeds and load capacity.
Description
Counter Reversing Unit
Fastening Set, Counter Rev. Unit
167
Technical Data
Al, black anodized
Friction moment at 1% belt tensioning
for Reversing Unit 40: MR = 0.30 Nm
for Reversing Unit 80: MR = 0.60 Nm
Length of Timing Belt 25T10 inside
counter reversing unit: 210 mm
Fastening set 20-023 includes fastening
plate and two M8x20 BHCS
Unit
1 pc
1 set
Weight
.80 kg
Part #
31-023
20-023
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Reversing Unit 80
a
b
c
2
1
3
1
1
4
5
6
3
3
7
8
Technical Data
Housing: Die Cast Zinc, black
Roller-bearing timing pulley: pitch-10
mm, number of teeth- 28 (one revolution
corresponds to 280 mm)
Includes: two fasteners, two M8x30
BHCS, two special T-slot nuts M8
9
4
10
5
Function of bores
a) Timing pulley with multispline hub or
bore Ø11 H7
b) Bores in basic shell for mounting a
drive unit, special adapter flange or for
interconnecting Reversing Units.
c) Belt emergence options (for profiles of
height 40 or 80 mm).
2
Timing Belt turned through 180°
(emergence 40 mm) on 40 series
profiles (40mm). Belt is returned outside
the profile.
3
Belt turned through 180° (emergence
40 mm) on 40 series profiles (80 mm
and above). Belt is returned in the profile
cavity.
4
Timing Belt turned around 90°.
5
Possible parallel arrangement of
Reversing Units for double belt drive with
double loading capacity.
6
Connection between Reversing Units and
multi-spline shaft.
7
Connection of Reversing Units with
adapter shafts and hollow shafts for
distances over 500 mm.
8-10 Necessary rounding of the profiles at the
joint to the Reversing Unit.
Application
Drive or reversal of Timing Belt 25T10
for constructing linear units in
conjunction with linear guides. Timing
pulley with multi-spline toothing
prepared for mounting multi-spline
shafts and adapter shafts with multispline toothing 6x11x14 ISO 14.
Description
Reversing Unit 80, Spline
168
Friction moment with 1% pre-tensioning
of the timing belt:
Emergence dimension 40: MR = 1.05 Nm
Emergence dimension 80: MR = 0.55 Nm
Max. load: MD = 72 Nm
Belt length inside Reversing Unit for 90°
reversal: 190 mm
180° reversal (emerg. 40): 360 mm
180° reversal (emerg. 80): 340 mm
Unit
1 set
Weight
3.95 kg
Part #
31-135
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Hi-Flex Timing Belt
For two pulley drives pre-tension force:
Fv0.5 Fu (Fu - peripheral force)
Pre-tension elongation (∆ l) in mm per meter (L):
∆l
Fv
=
L
600
Application
Flexible, heavy duty transmission belt
to convert the rotation of a drive motor
into linear motion. Total length depends
on profile length and amount of belt
contained inside reversing unit.
Pretensioning is determined by a the
maximum operating peripheral force.
Description
Hi-Flex Timing Belt 25T10
Technical Data
Polyurethane, steel reinforced
Maximum tensile load - 2,400 N
Temperature range -30°C to +80°C
1
Unit
per meter, max. 50M
Part #
31-052-1
Clamping and
Tensioning Blocks
3
3
1
2
31-030
1
Two Clamping Blocks used for belt clamping
and tensioning. Order all hardware separately
2
Two Clamping Blocks and one Tensioner used
for belt tensioning. Used when design does not
permit the belt ends to come close. Tensioning
block includes all hardware. Order screw and
T-nut separately for attaching stationary clamping
block (on the right).
3
Using two Clamping Blocks and two Tensioners
is recommended for long linears (over 3.5 M) to
allow proper belt tensioning. Order M8 screws
separately.
3
31-031
Application
For attaching timing belt to a carriage
slide and providing tensioning
adjustment. Each end of belt requires
clamping block. Tensioning block may
be used on one or both ends of the
belt.
Description
Clamping Block, Belt 25T10
Tensioning Block
169
Technical Data
Al, black anodized
Tensioner includes: one M6x25 SHCS
and one M6 T-slot Nut HD for
attachment to base plate, two M6 lock
nuts and two M6x80 SHCS.
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
62 g
92 g
Part #
31-030
31-031
Houston, TX 77066
4
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Adapter Shaft
1
1
Adapter Shaft 31-010 can be machined
for appropriate adapting configuration
2
Adapter shafts connected with a hollow
shaft
31-010
1
31-012
31-013
3
3
2
Application
Adapter element between Reversing
Unit 40 and various drive motors.
Surface hardening permits machining
for appropriate adapting configuration.
For rigid connection of Reversing Units
40 and 80 in parallel, when distance
between them exceeds 1M (3 ft).
Technical Data
St., surface coated
Description
Adapter Shaft, 1/2" Bore with Keyway
Adapter Shaft, 5/8" Bore with Keyway
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Part #
31-012
31-013
D
L
W
T
12.7
44.5 3.17 14.22
15.88 50.8 4.73 18.0
Weight
0.36 kg
0.31 kg
0.27 kg
Part #
31-010
31-012
31-013
4 Universal
Adapter Flange
5
Application
Transition element for connecting drive
motors to the Reversing Unit 40. Can
be serviced to customer needs. Design
accommodates hole pattern of NEMA
motors up to size 56.
Description
170
Technical Data
Al, black powder coated
Requires three M6x45 SHCS
(24-345-6) for mounting to Reversing
Unit 40
Unit
1 pc
Weight
1.0 kg
Part #
31-014
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Gear Boxes
800-333-4932
Application
Gearheads mount directly to Reversing
Units 40.
IPS
Technical Data
Range available
3:1 to 100:1
Contact Parker Zenith Division
(877-955-4327) or
www.parkergearhead.com
for availability and complete information
Spline Shaft
1
Application
To connect multiple reversing units 40
for generation of synchronous motion
cycles such as required for gantry
applications.
Technical Data
Cold drawn steel, 1045,
6x11x14 ISO 14, DIN 5463
Max. recommended length without
bearing support: 500mm horiz.
Weight 0.92 kg/m
Description
Spline Shaft
Saw cut necessary for cut off
Unit
per meter*
Part #
13-566
19-007
*Call for maximum lengths in stock
Limit Stop
3
3
4
31-037
Application
To define mechanically the limits of
travel. The rubber shock absorber
provides for a cushioned end stop.
Technical Data
31-037:
M8 T-slot nut HD w/retainer spring,
M8x8 cup point set screw, rubber shock
absorber, two M8 T-slot nuts, M8x44 set
screw, M8 washer, M8 flange nut
31-038:
two M8 T-slot nuts HD w/retainer spring,
two M8x8 cup point set screws, two
rubber shock absorbers, three M8 T-slot
nuts, M8x44 set screw, M8 washer, M8
flange nut
31-038
Description
Limit Stop - One Direction
Limit Stop Bi-Directional
171
Unit
1 set
1 set
Weight
65 g
93 g
Part #
31-037
31-038
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Proximity Switch
1
1
31-035
1
Attachment of proximity switches when
exciter does not run through reversing unit.
2
Attachment of both proximity switches for
simplified control wiring installation on drive
side of platform.
3
Attachment of both proximity switches on
drive side of platform using mounting
element 31-036.
2
3
3
3
31-033
Application
Proximity switches determine the limits
of travel or provide reference positions.
Exciter cams actuate inductive proximity
switch, pressed into the flat surface of
the timing belt.
Mounting element provides attachment
of proximity switches on reversing unit
40.
Technical Data
Inductive proximity switch in PNP
sequence with LED indicator.
Maximum sensing distance: 1.5 mm
Output function: Normally Open
Supply voltage: 10-30 VDC
Includes two lock washers (must be
used) and two hex nuts
Exciter Cam: St, black
Mounting Element: St, zinc plated
Includes two hex bolts M8x1x16
(24-316-8-1)
4
31-036
5 Timing Belt Guide
Description
Proximity Switch
Exciter Cam
Mounting Element for Proximity Switch
Application
To provide guidance for 25mm wide timing belt over long distances in belt drive
systems. Not to be used in areas where
interference with clamping block, limit
stop or other parts might occur.
Description
Timing Belt Guide Profile
Part #
31-035
31-033
31-036
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight 0.2 kg/m
Unit
cut off max. 3M
pkg of 10 at 3M ea.
172
Unit Weight
1 pc
65 g
1 pc
1g
1 set
43 g
Part #
13-700
13-700-3
19-001
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
Linear Module 3000
1
F
SIDE LOADS NOT ALLOWED
Application
High speed linear actuator up to 3M/
sec. with travel up to 5500mm. Durable,
precise, low maintenance, low cost,
flexible, expandable and readily
available.
Notes:
Specify length of travel when ordering.
For motor mounting dimensions, see
Reversing Unit 40, page 159. Proximity
switches can be used (order
separately). Adapter shaft and
universal adapter flange can be used
for motor mounting (order separately).
Linear Module 3000 uses hi-flex timing
belt 25T10.
Description
Linear Module 3000
173
Unit
1 unit
Part #
32-300
Houston, TX 77066
3
3
4
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Profile Slide Block
800-333-4932
Profile Slide Blocks are a versatile, cost
efficient concept to build a multitude of
adjustable slides and movable rail
systems with 40mm and 80mm wide
profiles. Delrin slide pads engage directly
into the T-slots. Shims provide
adjustment for a variety of assembly
tolerances. Slide blocks designed for a
IPS
The slide blocks attach to any surface
with M8 button head screws. The block
slides along a profile when the profile is
stationary, or a profile slides in the
block, when the block is mounted.
Clamping mechanism can be added to
lock slide block in place.
compression load - do not hang a load
from the pad.
1
30-410
3
3
30-420
Application
Bearing block for slides and movable rail
applications requiring very cost efficient
construction. This block can be used on
the 40 or 80mm side of 40 series
Standard or Heavy profiles.
4
Technical Data
Al, anodized
Includes: M5x12 BHCS
Slide pad: Delrin; max. continuous
surface temperature in air 185ºF
(85ºC)
Shim: PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) .005" thick, four per block
Safe load:
30-410
30-420
30-810
30-820
5
30-810
30-820
Description
Slide Block 40, 80mm long
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
=
=
=
=
1,000
2,000
2,000
4,000
N
N
N
N
Weight
.31 kg
.62 kg
.38 kg
.76 kg
(225
(450
(450
(900
lbs)
lbs)
lbs)
lbs)
Part #
30-410
30-420
30-810
30-820
Slide Profile 40
13-410
19-001
Slide Profile 80
13-810
19-002
Sold under License from 80/20, Inc., Pat. No. 5,429,438
174
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
Single Flange
Slide Block
30-430
Application
Used with 40x40 profiles for low cost
linear applications where one side is not
available for mounting. Delrin slide pads
engage directly into the profile T-slots.
30-440
Description
Slide Block, Single Flange A
Slide Block, Single Flange B
Slide Block, Single Flange C
30-450
Technical Data
Al, anodized
Includes M5x12 BHCS
Slide pad: Delrin; max. continuous
surface temperature on air 185ºF
(85ºC)
Shim: PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) .005" thick, four per block
Safe load - 1,000 N (225 lbs)
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
0.31 kg
0.37 kg
0.42 kg
Slide Profile 40 SF
Part #
30-430
30-440
30-450
13-430
19-001
1
3
3
Sold under License from 80/20, Inc., Pat. No. 5,429,438
Slide Pad and Shim
30-412
Application
Technical Data
Replacement parts for Profile Slide
Blocks. Slide pad can also be attached
to a profile to serve as a guide in sliding
door applications.
Pad: Delrin; max. continuous surface
temperature in air 185ºF (85ºC)
Shim: PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) .005" thick
Description
Slide Pad 80
Slide Pad 160
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Shim 80
Shim 160
pkg of 4
pkg of 4
Part #
30-412
30-812
30-412Z2
30-812Z2
30-812
175
Houston, TX 77066
4
5
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Slide Bushing
Linear System 14
800-333-4932
IPS
Delrin glide bushings provide a low cost accurate slide system, running on 14mm
hardened and precision ground shafts, to be used for various applications like
pick & place units, X-Y tables or pushers. Can be equipped with pneumatic
cylinder or electric motor and ball screw. Hard chromed shaft (13-513) for
humid environment is also available.
1
3
3
Applications
4
5
1
Horizontal application of Slide
Bushing Linear 80x40-14
2
Horizontal application of Slide
Bushing Linear 160x40-14
3
Vertical guide with stationary shafts
and moving carriage.
4
Vertical guide with stationary
carriage and moving shafts.
1
2
3
4
Ask for custom pillow blocks and
carriages.
176
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Slide Bushing
Linear 80x40-14
800-333-4932
IPS
Application
Complete slide linear 14 made of 80x40
heavy profile with variable carriage and
stroke lengths (please indicate when
ordering). The slightly shorter shaft
length allows for small overall length
adjustment during installation.
Technical Data
Slide set machined and pre-assembled.
Max. slide length L = 2000mm.
Shaft length R = 80 + S + C
L = Slide Length (including ends caps)
C = Carriage Length (including 2
end caps)
S = Stroke
For proper function Carriages and Pillow Blocks must be ordered as a set.
1
Set includes:
2x Carriage 80x40-14, custom Length C
4x Pillow Block 80x40-14
2x Linear Shaft 14 (13-514)
4x Slide Bushing 14 (30-609)
4x End Cap 80x40 (18-814)
4x Set Screw M6 x 10 (24-510-6C) 4x Pillow Block Cap 80x40-14 (30-607-1)
4x Set Screw M8 x 19 (24-519-8D) 4x Carriage Cap 80x40-14 (30-607-2)
Description
Slide Bushing Linear 80x40-14
Unit
1 set
Part #
30-601 *
*Specify Carriage Length (C) and Stroke (S) when ordering
Slide Bushing
Linear 160x40-14
Application
Complete slide linear 14 made of 160x40
heavy profile with variable carriage and
stroke lengths (please indicate when
ordering). The slightly shorter shaft
length allows for small overall length
adjustment during installation.
4
Technical Data
Slide set machined and pre-assembled
Max. Slide Length L = 2000mm.
Shaft length R = 80 + S + C
L = Slide Length (including end caps)
C = Carriage Length (including 2
end caps)
S = Stroke
For proper function Carriage and Pillow
Blocks must be ordered as a set.
5
Set includes:
1x Carriage 160x40-14, custom length C
2x Pillow Block 160x40-14
2x Linear Shaft 14 (13-514)
4x Slide Bushing 14 (30-609)
2x End Cap 160x40 (18-817)
4x Set Screw M6 x 10 (24-510-6C)
2x Pillow Block Cap 160x40-14 (30-607-3)
4x Set Screw M8 x 19 (24-519-8D)
2x Carriage Cap 160x40-14 (30-607-4)
Description
Unit
1 set
Part #
30-602 *
*Specify Carriage Length (C) and Stroke (S) when ordering
177
3
3
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
Slide Bushing 14
IPS
Application
Maintenance free bushing
ready for assembly in 80x40
heavy or 160x40 heavy
profile.
Technical Data
Delrin, black
For harsh environments lubricating is recommended
Load 200 N per bushing at 0.5 m/s
Description
Slide Bushing 14
1
Unit
1 pc
Carriage Cap
Application
Covering for profile end of Carriage
80x40-14 or 160x40-14.
Technical Data
30-607-2
3
3
Description
Carriage Cap 80x40-14
Carriage Cap 160x40-14
30-607-4
4
Part #
30-609
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
14 g
26 g
Part #
30-607-2
30-607-4
Pillow Block Cap
Application
Covering for profile end of Pillow Block
80x40-14 or 160x40-14.
Technical Data
5
18-814
30-607-1
Description
Pillow Block Cap 80x40-14
Pillow Block Cap 160x40-14
End Cap 80x40
End Cap 160x40
18-817
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
14 g
26 g
15 g
28 g
Part #
30-607-1
30-607-3
18-814
18-817
30-607-3
178
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Linear Rail and Conveyor Profile
Bearing Unit Profiles
Application
For mounting IPS track rollers forming custom bearing units for 6, 10, 14 and
25 mm linear shafts.
13-406
Notes:
All T-slots are 40 series, except 28 T-slots on side of 13-010 and 13-011.
Profiles 13-010 and 13-011 available in mill finish. Anodizing on request.
Profile 13-025 is available in 100 and 300 mm lengths.
1
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Part #
13-010
13-406
13-010
13-011
13-014
13-025
13-011
IX
IY
[cm4]
[cm4]
24.59
4.57
83.72 159.11
161.14 1131.00
48.78
28.52
548.24 370.46
WX
[cm3]
8.25
28.30
53.40
16.26
92.61
Description
Roller Profile 6
WY
[cm3]
2.15
39.80
141.40
8.15
81.74
Unit
cut off max. 6M
Roller Profile 10/14 HD, Single
Roller Profile 10/14 HD, Double
13-014
Roller Profile 14
Weight
[kg/m]
2.09
7.25
13.06
4.32
11.98
Part #
13-406
3
3
19-001
custom
custom
13-010
13-011
cut off max. 6M
13-014
Roller Profile 25, 100 mm long
Roller Profile 25, 300 mm long
Section
[cm2]
7.73
26.85
48.35
16.02
44.36
4
19-001
1 pc
1 pc
900.32Z1
900.33Z1
5
13-025
179
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
Profile 80x40
Rail Transport
Application
Overhead or inverted transport rail. Used
for Linear Module 3000 and Rail Cart 8
and 4 Roller for sliding door applications.
1
Part #
IX
[cm4]
14-248
99.31
IY
[cm4]
WX
[cm3]
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
WY
[cm3]
Section
[cm2]
Weight
[kg/m]
15.17
4.19
24.25
Description
Profile 80x40 Rail Transport
Unit
cut off max. 6M
Part #
14-248
1 pc
19-001
18-814
End Cap 80x40
Linear Profiles
Wear Guide
[13-220Z1]
3
3
13-220
Application
Mounting structures for Linear
applications or general engineering with
heavy loads or wide spans.
Part #
4
13-220
13-230
11-191
13-230
IX
[cm4]
127.0
373.0
697.5
IY
[cm4]
189.0
1449.0
2209
WX
[cm3]
26.6
62.9
101.4
Description
Linear Module Profile 80
Technical Data
13-220 and 13-230: Al, clear anodized
11-191: Al, mill finish (anodizing on
request)
Wear Guide: Polyeurethane, black
WY
[cm3]
47.2
190.0
265.2
Section
[cm2]
24.6
49.7
73.65
Unit
cut off max. of 3M
5
LDPE Wear Guide for 13-220
Conveyor Rail Profile
Weight
[kg/m]
6.63
13.40
19.9
Part #
13-220
19-002
per meter
cut off max. of 3M
cut off max. of 4M
13-220Z1
13-230
11-191
19-003
11-191
180
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
54x80 Conveyor
Profile
14-450
14-454
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
Conveyor systems for large circuit
boards, chassis or pallet fixture
assemblies. For use with IPS Roller
Chain 14-454. Use IPS 50x80 and
50x50 profiles for construction of support
frame.
NOTE: Order all Wear Strips and Wear
Guides separately. We recommend
securing ends with a dowel pin or an
end plate.
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight = 4.24 kg/m
Wear Strips: UHMW, antistatic black
Chain: St, ANSI No. 40 w/ extended pins
at double pitch
Rollers: Delrin, anti-static black
Bushings: Brass
1
Description
54x80 Chain Conveyor Profile
Unit
cut off max. 6M
Part #
14-450
19-001
Wear Strip for 14-450 (1 req.)
Wear Guide for 14-450 (3 req.)
Roller Chain w/ Outboard Rollers
Pin for Roller Chain 14-454
cut off max. 6M
cut off max. 6M
per meter
1 pc
14-452
14-453
14-454
14-454Z7
3
3
14-452
14-453
50x95 Chain
Conveyor Profile
4
Table-top Chain #LF1843-K1¼
can be ordered directly from
your local Rexnord vendor.
Application
Table-top conveyor transport rail to
accommodate Rexnord table-top
side-flexing chain #LF1843-K1¼. Use
IPS 50x80 and 50x50 profiles for
construction of supporting frame.
14-150
14-152
Technical Data
5
Al, clear anodized
Weight = 5.0 kg/m
Wear strip: Tivar 1000, anti-static black
NOTE: Order Wear Strips separately.
We recommend securing ends with a
dowel pin or an end plate.
Description
50x95 Chain Conveyor Profile
Unit
cut off max. 6M
Part #
14-150
19-001
Wear Strip for 14-150
cut off max. 6M
14-152
181
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
Belt Conveyor Profile
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
Profile for belt conveyor tracks. Groove
to accomodate steel wear strip for
Timing Belt 25T5, Rim guides the
pallets. T-slots can be used to mount
switches, stops or other structures to
the conveyor system.
Description
1
Conveyor Belt Guide
Technical Data
Al, clear anodized
Weight = 4.7 kg/m
Unit
cut off max. 6M
Part #
14-160
19-001
Unit
cut off max. 3M
Part #
14-348
19-001
Application
To guide conveyor belts. Can be
attached to any 40 Series profiles with
flat head screws and T-slot nuts.
Technical Data
UHMW: antistatic black
3
3
Description
Conveyor Belt Guide
Roller Track
Application
Economical track for flow rack system.
Usually use two tracks per runway but
three of four may be used with heavy or
wide loads. Can be attached to 40, 30
or 28 Series profiles.
4
Technical Data
Channel: rolled steel, galvanized (0.028”)
Roller: PE, white
Load: 22 N (5 lbs) per roller
5
Description
Unit
Roller Track
per meter, max. 3M
182
Part #
14-100
19-007
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
IPS
Slide Profile
13-410
Application
Profiles for making custom slide
blocks using slide pads.
(see pages 162, 163)
1
Technical Data
Al, anodized
13-810
Description
Slide Profile 40
Unit
Weight
Part #
13-410
19-001
Slide Profile 40 SF
13-430
19-001
Slide Profile 80
Saw cut necessary for cut to lenght
13-810
19-002
3
3
13-430
4
5
183
Houston, TX 77066
IPS
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
These 28 mm double flange units offer low cost linear
guidance. They utilize glide pads oriented within T-slots.
You make your own guidance device. You provide the
power – pneumatic, electro-mechanical or manual.
Shims are available to provide a more precise fit.
Optional clamping mechanism can be added as required.
Each clamp requires a machined hole. Refer to page 195
for details.
1
30-2801
Material: Aluminum, Clear Anodized
UHMW glide pads
Part No.
30-2801
30-2808
Part No.
30-2801
30-2808
A
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
B
50
(1.97)
103
(4.06)
C
4xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
4xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
D
11
(.433)
9.5
(.374)
E
28
(1.102)
28
(1.102)
F
32
(1.260)
32
(1.260)
G
64
(2.519)
64
(2.519)
H
39.5
(1.56)
39.5
(1.56)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
L
16.75
(.659)
16.75
(.659)
M
28
(1.102)
28
(1.102)
N
9.25
(.364)
9.25
(.364)
P*
1.1
(.043)
1.1
(.043)
R
26.9
(1.058)
26.9
(1.058)
* Add 28mm (1.102") when using 12-248 extrusion.
30-2808
4
E
H
E
E
C
D
K
L
N
M
A
G
5
F
P
R
B
Note: All dimensions in mm (in)
184
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
power – pneumatic, electro-mechanical, or manual.
Each clamp requires a machined hole. Refer to page
195 for details.
30-5601
1
UHMW glide pads
Part No.
30-5601
30-5608
Part No.
30-5601
30-5608
A
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
B
50
(1.97)
103
(4.06)
C
4xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
8xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
D
11
(.433)
11
(.433)
E
28
(1.102)
28
(1.102)
F
46
(1.811)
46
(1.811)
G
92
(3.662)
92
(3.662)
H
39.5
(1.56)
39.5
(1.56)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
L
16.75
(.659)
16.75
(.659)
M
56
(2.204)
56
(2.204)
N
9.25
(.364)
9.25
(.364)
P*
1.125
(.049)
1.125
(.049)
R
26.75
(1.053)
26.75
(1.053)
30-5608
E
H
E
D
K
E
C
L
4
G
M
A
F
N
P
R
B
185
Houston, TX 77066
IPS
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
power – pneumatic, electro-mechanical or manual.
for details.
1
30-4001
UHMW glide pads
Part No.
30-4001
30-4008
Part No.
30-4001
30-4008
A
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
B
80
(3.15)
163
(6.42)
C
4xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
8xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
D
20
(.787)
20
(.787)
E
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
F
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
G
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
H
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
L
16
(.63)
16
(.63)
M
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
N
12
(.472)
12
(.472)
P*
4
(.157)
4
(.157)
R
34
(1.34)
34
(1.34)
* Add 40mm (1.575") when using 10-080, 10-680, 11-080 extrusion.
30-4008
H
E
K
4
E
D
E
C
L
G
M
A
F
N
P
R
B
5
186
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
These 80 mm double flange units offer low cost linear guidance. They utilize glide pads oriented within T-slots. You
make your own guidance device. You provide the power –
pneumatic, electro-mechanical, or manual.
Each clamp requires a machined hole. Refer to page 195 for
details.
30-8001
1
UHMW glide pads
Part No.
30-8001
30-8008
Part No.
30-8001
30-8008
A
136
(5.35)
136
(5.35)
B
80
(3.15)
163
(3.15)
C
4xØ8.8
(Ø.328)
8xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
D
20
(.787)
20
(.787)
E
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
F
60
(2.362)
60
(2.362)
G
120
(4.724)
120
(4.724)
H
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
L
16
(.63)
16
(.63)
M
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
N
12
(.46)
12
(.46)
P*
3.7
(.145)
3.7
(.145)
R
34
(1.339)
34
(1.339)
* Add 40mm (1.575") when using 10-088, 11-088 extrusions.
30-8008
E
L
H
E
C
D
K
M
E
G
A
F
N
P
R
B
187
Houston, TX 77066
4
IPS
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
These 28 mm single flange, side mount units offer low cost linear guidance.
They utilize glide pads oriented within T-slots. You make your own
guidance device. You provide the power – pneumatic, electro-mechanical or
manual.
Optional clamping mechanism can be added as required. Each clamp
requires a machined hole. Refer to page 195 for details.
1
30-2821
UHMW glide pads
Part No.
30-2821
30-2828
Part No.
30-2821
30-2828
A
54
(2.13)
54
(2.13)
B
50
(1.97)
103
(4.06)
C
2xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
4xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
D
11
(.433)
9.5
(.374)
E
28
(1.102)
28
(1.102)
F
10
(.394)
10
(.394)
G
18
(.79)
18
(.79)
H
49.5
(1.95)
49.5
(1.95)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
L
41
(1.62)
41
(1.62)
M
28
(1.102)
28
(1.102)
N
11.9
(.47)
11.9
(.47)
P*
1.2
(.046)
1.2
(.046)
R
26.3
(1.034)
26.3
(1.034)
30-2828
E
K
4
R
E
D
H
E
C
G
F
L
A
P
M
N
B
5
188
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
These 28 mm single flange, easy-mount units offer low cost
linear guidance. They utilize glide pads oriented within Tslots. You make your own guidance device. You provide the
power – pneumatic, electro-mechanical, or manual.
Each clamp requires a machined hole. Refer to page 195 for
details.
30-2822
1
UHMW glide pads
Part No.
30-2822
30-2829
Part No.
30-2822
30-2829
A
54
(2.13)
54
(2.13)
B
C
90
4xØ8.3
(3.54) (Ø.328)
143
4xØ8.3
(5.630) (Ø.328)
D
10
(.394)
10
(.394)
E
28
(1.102)
28
(1.102)
F
13.2
(.521)
13.2
(.521)
G
20
(.787)
20
(.787)
H
49.5
(1.97)
49.5
(1.97)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
M
28
(1.102)
28
(1.102)
N
12
(.47)
12
(.47)
P*
11.9
(.048)
11.9
(.048)
R
26.3
(1.034)
26.3
(1.034)
L
18
(.71)
18
(.71)
30-2829
H
K
F
R
C
D
L
A
E
N
M
P
G
B
189
Houston, TX 77066
4
IPS
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
These 40 mm single flange, side mount units offer low cost
linear guidance. They utilize glide pads oriented within Tslots. You make your own guidance device. You provide
the power – pneumatic, electro-mechanical or manual.
See page 194 Each clamp requires a machined hole.
Refer to page 195 for details.
1
30-4021
UHMW glide pads
Part No.
30-4021
30-4028
Part No.
30-4021
30-4028
A
66
(2.60)
66
(2.60)
B
80
(3.15)
163
(6.42)
C
2xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
4xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
D
21.5
(.848)
21.5
(.848)
E
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
F
10
(.394)
10
(.394)
G
18
(.71)
18
(.71)
H
66
(2.60)
66
(2.60)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
L
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
M
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
N
14
(.551)
14
(.551)
P*
4
(.157)
4
(.157)
R
34
(1.339)
34
(1.339)
30-4028
H
E
R
K
4
E
D
E
C
G
F
L
A
P
M
N
B
5
190
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
IPS
800-333-4932
These 40 mm single flange, easy-mount units offer low cost
linear guidance. They utilize glide pads oriented within Tslots. You make your own guidance device. You provide
the power – pneumatic, electro-mechanical or manual.
for details.
30-4022
Part No.
30-4022
30-4029
Part No.
30-4022
30-4029
30-4029
1
UHMW glide pads
A
60
(2.60)
66
(2.13)
B
120
(4.72)
203
(4.06)
C
2xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
4xØ8.3
(Ø.328)
D
10
(.394)
10
(.394)
E
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
F
10
(.394)
10
(.394)
G
20
(.79)
20
(.79)
H
66
(2.60)
66
(2.60)
K
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
L
18
(.709)
18
(.709)
M
40
(1.575)
40
(1.575)
N
14
(.551)
14
(.551)
P*
4
(.157)
4
(.157)
R
34
(1.339)
34
(1.339)
C
K
R
H
4
F
D
L
E
N
M
A
P
G
B
191
Houston, TX 77066
IPS
Catalog 1816
Linear Applications
800-333-4932
High Cycle Glide Units
These specially designed glide units are used in high cycle
applications where rapid acceleration and deceleration takes
place.
High cycle glide utilizes a steel threaded insert to mount the pad
to the glide unit.
Shims are available to provide a more precise fit.(30-2805)
Available for 40 and 80 series only.
1
UHMW Glide Pads
Part No.
30-4001-HC
30-4008-HC
30-4021-HC
30-4022-HC
30-4028-HC
30-4029-HC
30-8001-HC
30-8008-HC
Style
Top Mount, Single
Top Mount, Double
Side Mount Flush, Single
Side Mount Ext., Single
Side Mount Flush, Double
Side Mount Ext., Double
Top Mount, Single
Top Mount, Double
Profile
40 x 40
40 x 40
40 x 40
40 x 40
40 x 40
40 x 40
40 x 80
40 x 80
Dimensions
see 30-4001
see 30-4008
see 30-4021
see 30-4022
see 30-4028
see 30-4029
see 30-8001
see 30-8008
4
High Cycle Units
Standard Glide Units
5
192
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Glide Pads
Glide pads let you custom design a low friction
guidance unit.
Material: UHMW
Part No.
Description
Profiles
30-2800-2
Pretapped
28/56
30-4000-2
Pretapped
40/80
30-4000-3
Untapped
40/80
1
C
B
E
A
D
Part No.
A
B
C
D
E
49.5 (1.95)
28 (1.102)
M5
25 (.98)
3.9 (.153)
30-4000-2
80 (3.15)
40 (1.575)
M5
32 (1.26)
5.3 (.207)
30-4000-3
300 (11.81)
NA
NA
32 (1.26)
5.3 (.207)
30-2800-2
4
Shims for Extrusion Profiles
Shims provide a more precise fit for ParGlide. Five
shims are supplied in each package.
Material: Steel
30-2805 for 28mm Profiles
30-4005 for 40mm Profiles
79.5
(3.13)
48.5
(1.91)
8
(.31)
23.9
(.94)
39.4
(1.55)
8
(.31)
31.8
(1.25)
0.13
(0.005)
59.7
(2.35)
193
0.13
(0.005)
Houston, TX 77066
IPS
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
These clamp accessories provide positioning and
adjustment for glide units.
Machining Service: Glide extrusions and pads
can be drilled to accept clamp accessories. See
page 195.
1
Part No.
30-0001
30-0003
30-0011
30-0013
30-0015
Part No.
30-0001
30-0011
4
Part No.
30-0003
30-0013
Description
Ratcheting L-handle
Wing Nut
Ratcheting L-handle
Wing nut
Star handle
A
45
(1.77)
63
(2.48)
B
26
(1.02)
32.8
(1.29)
A
32
(1.26)
38
(1.50)
B
17.75
(.69)
20.5
(.81)
Profile
28 & 56
28 & 56
40 & 80
40 & 80
40 & 80
B
A
B
A
5
Part No.
30-0015
A
40
(1.57)
B
26.7
(1.05)
A
B
194
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Linear Applications
Ordering Examples:
Glide guides may be pre-drilled for mounting of the
clamp. If drilling is desired, specify the machining
service number and give the location of the hole(s)
to be drilled according to the drawings below.
Guide drilled for one clamp (note the description added
to the guide part number):
30-2822 w/19-128 @ LU
Profiles
28 & 56
40 & 80
Hole Size
∅.250"
∅.323"
Multiple clamps may be mounted on a guide unit. Each
clamp requires a hole to be drilled. Note the description
and the number of holes is added to the guide part
number and description.
Machining Service No.
19-128
19-140
Guide drilled for two clamps:
30-4008 w/19-140 @ LG and LL
1
Guide drilled for three clamps:
30-8008 w/19-140 @ LP, LT and LM
LD
LE
LA
LB
LJ
LK
LF
LG
LH
LC
LL
30-2821
30-4021
30-2828
30-4028
LI
30-2801
30-4001
30-2808
30-4008
4
LQ
LR
LS
LM
LN
LO
LT
LX
LY
LP
LU
30-5601
30-8001
LV
30-5608
30-8008
LZ
LW
30-2822
30-4022
30-2829
30-4029
195
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Service and Tools
Services and Tools
Design Software
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ProfileCAD 2000 is easily installed on a PC platform running AutoCAD Rel 14 or 2000
Main menu for selection of components for model design
One of the sub menus of ProfileCAD 2000 showing a selection of profiles available
Pull down menu highlighting bill of materials command for accurate automatic BOM
ProfileCAD 2000 software consists of a library of profiles and accessories to
assist engineers in creating 3D designs for any IPS construction system
application. Created for use in AutoCAD R14 and 2000 environments,
ProfileCAD 2000 provides for direct insertion of profiles and components, thus
saving valuable engineering time. Proven for 10 years in thousands of
applications, previously named ItemCAD.
ProfileCAD 2000 features:
5
·
·
·
·
·
·
Menu driven user-friendly interface.
3D design made easy; specify insertion point, length of profile and
orientation.
Extrusions and accessories (3D surfaces or 3D solids) ”snap” into
place and are easy to manipulate.
Configurator for screens and panels.
Bill of material created with a keystroke.
Metric and English units of measure.
System Requirements
486 Processor or better, AutoCAD Rel 14 or 2000, 30 MB of hard drive space.
(Does not support AutoCAD LT)
ProfileCAD 2000 software is available on IPS CD and can also be
downloaded free from the internet www.industrialprofile.com
196
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
Endviews Library
DWG and DXF Formats
800-333-4932
Application
Complete library of our profile cross
sections in DXF format for import into
any CAD software. Choice of Metric
or English scales allow for any type of
drawing situation. 2D Profiles & Parts
Library has orthographic views of most
IPS parts and endviews of profiles in
DWG format for AutoCAD R12 or
higher.
IPS
Technical Data
Drawing files require AutoCAD R12 or
higher
Endviews Library is available on IPS CD and can also be downloaded free
from www.industrialprofile.com
Cut Sheet Library
Application
Individual cut sheets for our profiles for
use in manufacturing and machining.
These files are in DWG format for
AutoCAD R12 or higher.
Technical Data
3 1/2" Disk
Drawing files require AutoCAD R12 or
higher
Cut Sheet Library is available on IPS CD and can also be downloaded
free from www.industrialprofile.com
5
197
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
Service and Tools
Deflection Calculation
Application
Stand-alone program allows to calculate deflection and stress of IPS
aluminum profiles based on profile selection, length and load (evenly
distributed and/or concentrated at the critical point). Three cases for the
profile attachment are calculated: supported at both ends, fixed at one end,
fixed at both ends. Metric or English units of measure can be used to enter
profile length and load. Calculated deflection given in both millimeters and
2
inches. Stress values are given in both N/mm and psi.
System requirements: Windows 9x, Windows NT 3.0 or higher, 133MHz,
16MB RAM.
Deflection Program can be downloaded free from
www.industrialprofile.com
Formulas for calculating deflection at critical points
Supported at both ends
Fixed at one end
F
Total Load F
5
In the formulas:
ƒ= deflection in mm
F= load in N
L= free profile length in mm
E= Modulus of Elasticity in N/mm2
EAl= 70,000 N/mm2
I= Moment of inertia in cm4
Fixed at both ends
F
Total Load F
F
Total Load F
Example
Find the deflection for the following conditions:
80x40 Standard Profile (10-080), upright
IX = 71.97 cm4
m = 3.18 kg/m
L = 1000 mm
F = 50 N - concentrated load
No additional load other than profile weight
Calculate Profile weight (uniform load)
FU=m * L * g = (3.18 * 10-3) * 1000 * 9.81 = 31.2 N
Total deflection ƒTOTAL= ƒCONCENTRATED + ƒUNIFORM
Supported at both ends:
ƒ = 0.021 + 0.008 ≈ 0.03mm
Fixed at one end:
ƒ = 0.331 + 0.077 ≈ 0.041mm
Fixed at both ends:
ƒ = 0.005 + 0.002 ≈ 0.01 mm
198
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
800-333-4932
IPS
Tool Cart
5
199
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
800-333-4932
IPS
Tool Cart
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
d
mm
80 5x120
80 3x120 45
Standard cart 760mm x 520mm x 1120mm
(W x D x H) and hole pattern as shown in table.
If custom dimensions are desired specify when
ordering.
5
Application
Tooling cart with inclined top panel for organizing various machine tools. Adjustable
shelf for storing measuring tools and other equipment. Panels are made of a
high strength composite material that is very resistant to scratches and solvents.
Various panel colors are available. Hole sizes and patterns can be customized to
fit users needs. Four casters (two with wheel brakes) allow easy maneuverability.
Standard and custom designs are available - please call your nearest service
center for more details.
Cart built out of clear anodized aluminum profiles will be shipped in kit form.
Black profiles are available upon request. The unique IPS fastening system
provides for fast and easy assembly. If required tool cart can also be shipped
completely assembled.
Description
Tool Cart 760x520x1120
Tool Cart, Custom
200
Unit
1 kit
1 kit
Part #
60-001
60-001C
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
Working with the
IPS System
Cutting, Servicing and
Assembly
IPS
800-333-4932
• Cut profile to length
• Pillar Drilling Jig (PN 40-015)
a. Use a high speed, carbide tooth
cold-cut saw; no deburring or
facing necessary.
b. Or order cut to length by using
part number labeled "cut off"
• Tap extruded face hole and drill
wrench clearance hole for
standard fastener; drill step
bore for universal fastener.
a. Drill tooling and locating fixtures
available from stock
b. Drill press operation only; no
machining, welding, finishing
For locating the 20mm universal
fasteners holes. This is a universal
jig for all 40 series profiles (must
be used on a drill press).
• Pillar Drill (PN 40-023 or -024)
Tooling (step drill) for providing
20mm Universal Fastener hole.
• 6.8/7mm Drill (PN 40-018)
Drill face hole for M8x1.25 Tap and
drill access hole for Standard
Fastener
• M8x1.25 Tap (PN 40-016)
• Small and/or Large Drilling Jigs
For locating 7mm wrench
clearance holes for the standard
connection. The small jig (PN 40010) is optimal for profiles up to
and including 40x40mm
The large drilling jig (PN 40-011) is
optimal for 80x40mm profiles and
larger.
Processing
Services
• Wrenches for assembly
Description
Saw cut up to 80x40mm size profiles
Saw cut up to 80x80mm size profiles
Saw cut, 160x28 thru 160x80 profiles
Drill and Counter Bore for BHCS or SHCS
Drill and Counter Sink for FHCS
Saw cut for Linear Shafts
Tap Profile End 5/16-18
Tap Profile End M8
Drill 7mm Access Hole
Drill & Tap for M5, M6, M8 or M10
Drill & Tap for M3 or M4
Drill and Tap M12 or M16 (Knuckle Foot 80)
Step Drill for Universal Fastener 40 or 28
Drill and Tap M8 (Knuckle Foot 40)
Drill and Tap M10 (Knuckle Foot 40)
Service for dowel (securing Linear Shaft)
Drill 20mmx6mm for Pneu. Universal Fast.
Drill 7mm Access Hole through 160mm side
Panel Packaging for secure transport
Drill thru panel up to 10mm for screws
Chamfer Panel Corner
Notch Panel Corner
Special Service Cut
Mill Square up to 80x40
Drill/Tap/Mill for Roller PA
Special Miter Cut
45º Miter Cut
Drill hole 0.25” for 28 & 56 profiles
Drill hole 0.323” for 40 & 80 profiles
201
Ball Head Wrench (PN 40-013)
T-Handle Wrench (PN 40-012)
L-Wrench
(PN 40-014)
Allen Key Set
(PN 40-009)
Unit
per cut
per cut
per cut
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
each
1 package
each
each
each
each
per end
per end
per end
each
per cut
per cut
each
each
Part #
19-001
19-002
19-003
19-004
19-006
19-007
19-009
19-010
19-011
19-012
19-013
19-014
19-015
19-016
19-017
19-019
19-020
19-025
19-026
19-027
19-029
19-030
19-031
19-100
19-101
19-102
19-103
19-104
19-105
19-128
19-140
Houston, TX 77066
5
Catalog 1816
Drilling Jigs
Std. Connection
IPS
800-333-4932
Service and Tools
Application
For precise location of 7mm access
hole for standard connections.
Technical Data
Al, anodized
Ground and hardened drill bushings
with locations 28, 30 and 40mm
between access holes. Clamping "T"
bolt for firm attachment.
40-027
Description
Drilling Jig 40, Std. Connection
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.19 kg
.36 kg
.12 kg
Part #
40-010
40-011
40-027
40-030
40-030
40-011
40-010
Drilling Jig
Universal
Connection
5
Application
For precise location of 20mm dia. step
bore for the universal connection, and
the 7mm access hole for the standard
connection on a drill press.
Description
Drilling Jig 40, Univ. Connection
202
Technical Data
Plastic base plate
Al, anodized stop block
Zn cast, black hinge
Unit
1 pc
Weight
2.35 kg
Part #
40-015
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
Drilling Jig
Clamp Profile
40x40
800-333-4932
Application
For precise location clearance hole and
counter bore for M8 or 5/16-18” BHCS
or SHCS on Clamp Profile 40x40.
Description
Drilling Jig, Clamp Profile 40x40
Step Drill 7x20
Univ. Connection
Application
Used for drilling 20 mm diameter step
bore for universal or butt fastener with
40, 30 or 28 series profiles.
Description
Step Drill 7x20, #2 Morse Taper
Step Drill 7x20 with 3 Flats
IPS
Technical Data
Al, anodized
Drill bushing hardened and polished.
Includes depth limit for step drill (40-025).
Unit
1 pc
Weight
.49 kg
Part #
40-026
Technical Data
High performance, high speed steel,
nitrated. #2 Morse Taper or 0.5” dia.
with three flats.
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.26 kg
.19 kg
Part #
40-023
40-024
40-023
40-024
5
Step Drill 9x15
Application
Used for drilling and counter boring profile for M8 or 5/16-18” BHCS or SHCS.
Description
Step Drill 9x15
Technical Data
High performance, high speed steel,
nitrated. Straight shank.
Unit
1 pc
203
Weight
.15 kg
Part #
40-025
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
6.8mm Drill Bit
Application
Tap drill size for M8x1.25 and drill size
for standard fastener access hole.
Description
6.8mm Drill Bit
M8x1.25 Tap
Application
Tooling to provide M8 tap in profile face
holes for standard fastening set.
Technical Data
6.8mm drill, right hand, jobbers length
High speed steel
Application
For tightening of standard and universal connections.
Description
Wrench with Ball-Head
Part #
40-018
Weight
25 g
Part #
40-016
Technical Data
Chrome vanadium steel, nickel plated
Acetate handle
5mm for hexagon socket screws
Unit
1 pc
Application
For tightening of standard and universal connections.
Weight
20 g
Technical Data
M8x1.25 tap, right hand
High speed steel
Unit
1 pc
Description
Wrench with T-Handle
Ball-Headed
Wrench
Unit
1 pc
Description
M8x1.25 Tap
T-Handle Wrench
IPS
800-333-4932
Weight
.26 kg
Part #
40-012
Technical Data
Plastic handle
Unit
1 pc
Weight
50 g
Part #
40-013
5
L-Handle Wrench
Application
For final tightening of standard and universal connections.
Description
L-Wrench
Technical Data
Unit
1 pc
204
Weight
35 g
Part #
40-014
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
Allen Key Set
800-333-4932
Application
For final tightening of standard and selftapping fasteners.
Description
Allen Key Set (metric sizes)
Spanner Wrenches
40-029
Application
Designed for tightening spanner nuts
on linear guide systems 10, 14 and 25.
Description
Adj. Spanner Wrench for Linear 10/14
Pin Socket Wrench
Spanner Wrench for Linear 10/14
Spanner Wrench for Linear 25
IPS
Technical Data
High strength 8650 steel
Unit
1 pc
Weight
.19 kg
Part #
40-009
Technical Data
St, black or brown finish tempered with
spot welded pins
40-029: Al, black anodized
Steel pins
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
Weight
.11 kg
.08 kg
.04 kg
.10 kg
Part #
40-017
40-029
40-032-14
40-032-25
40-017
40-032-14
40-032-25
5
Scissors
Application
Cuts aluminum cover profile and various other materials.
Description
Scissors
Technical Data
Blades- Molybdenum steel
Handles- Alloy steel
Vinyl grips
Unit
1 pc
205
Weight
.38 kg
Part #
40-019
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Service and Tools
Mitre Saw
IPS
800-333-4932
Application
Accurately cuts aluminum, wood and
plastic at any miter angle (max. 57°
right or left). Safety features include
spindle lock, double insulation and
electric brake. Saw blade for wood and
one Vise Assembly included with the
saw. Saw blade for aluminum (40-101)
and second Vise Assembly (40-102)
must be ordered separately. Saw table
and pneumatic components can be
added upon request.
Description
15" Mitre Saw
15" Carbide Tipped Blade (for Al.)
Vise Assembly
Technical Data
Blade diameter = 15"
Blade Bore dia. = 1"
Max. output
= 2.7 HP
No-Load speed = 3,400 RPM
Positive stops = 0º, 15º, 22.5º, 30º
& 45º, R & L
Unit
1 pc
1 pc
1 set
Weight
25 kg
2.12 kg
2.03 kg
Part #
40-100
40-101
40-102
Cut-to-Length
Conveyor
5
Variety of applications include in-and-out conveyors for many industrial saws and
drill presses as well as inspection lines. Digital readout and IPS roller system
provide accurate measurements (up to ±0.05mm/0.002”). Pneumatic clamping
and support components can be added to increase efficiency. A motorized cut off
stop can be installed onto conveyor to provide fast and accurate positioning (up to
±0.05mm). Conveyor can also be used as a programmable pusher and built to
required specifications.
206
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Technical Guide and Index
800-333-4932
IPS
Technical
Conversion Tables
Metric and English
Equivalents
Material
Abbreviations
Linear
1m
1 cm
1 mm
1 ft
1 in
= 3.2808 ft = 39.37 in
= 0.3937 in
= 0.03937 in
= 0.3048 m = 304.8 mm
= 2.54 cm = 25.4 mm
Mass
1 kg
1 lb
= 2.2046 lb
= 0.4536 kg
Area
1 m2
1 ft2
= 10.764 ft2
= 0.0929 m2
Force
1N
= 0.2248 lb force
1 lb force = 4.448 N
Weight per Unit
1 kg/m = 0.6720 lb/ft
1 kg/m2 = 0.2048 lb/ft2
1 lb/ft
= 1.488 kg/m
1 lb/ft2 = 4.883 kg/m2
Moment, Torque
1 N·m
= 0.7375 ft·lb
1 N·m
= 8.850 in·lb
1 ft·lb
= 1.356 N·m
1 in·lb
= 0.1130 N·m
Pressure
1 N/mm2 = 145 lb/in2
1 lb/in2 = 0.006895 N/mm2
Temperature
ºC
= 5/9 (ºF-32)
ºF
= 9/5 (ºC)+32
Al
Zn
St
SS
GD-Zn
PM
PA-GF
PET
POM
Aluminum
Zinc
Steel
Stainless Steel
Zinc, die cast
Powder Metal
Polyamide, glass filled
Polyethylene Terephthalate
Polyoxymethylen
207
6
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
Index
By Part #
6
800.15
800.17
10-011
10-016
10-016B
10-036
10-040
10-040B
10-041
10-042
10-043
10-044
10-044B
10-045
10-056
10-060
10-080
10-080B
10-081
10-083
10-085
10-086
10-088
10-088B
10-089
10-120
10-122
10-140
10-140B
10-160
10-161
10-164
10-180
10-180B
10-240
10-240B
10-340
10-440
10-540
10-540B
10-550
10-580
10-680
11-040
11-044
11-044B
11-056
11-080
11-084
11-088
11-089
106
119
35
21
21
27
18
18
35
35
19
20
20
20
33
20
22
22
21
20
20
20
25
25
20
23
25
19
19
26
21
23
22
22
19
19
19
19
18
18
27
27
22
18
20
20
27
22
24
25
25
800-333-4932
11-100
11-120
11-122
11-124
11-128
11-140
11-160
11-191
11-540
12-010
12-011
12-012
12-013
12-014
12-015
12-016B
12-016G
12-018
12-020
12-022
12-023
12-028
12-028B
12-030
12-031
12-032
12-033
12-034
12-040
12-043
12-044
12-060
12-066
12-081
12-101
12-101B
12-101Y
12-102
12-102B
12-103
12-103B
12-103Y
12-104
12-104B
12-105
12-106M
12-107M
12-108
12-109M
12-110M
12-111B
12-111BL
12-112
12-114
12-115
24
23
25
24
24
23
26
180
18
40
39
39
39
39
39
40
40
40
34
38
36
31
31
30
36
37
30
30
34
33
31
30
30
34
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
42
44
44
36
41
41
45
45
44
44
45
12-115B
12-116B
12-120
12-124
12-125
12-126
12-128
12-128B
12-228
12-228B
12-328
12-328B
12-400
12-410
12-420
12-421
12-428
12-428B
12-430
12-528
12-528B
12-628
12-628B
12-728
12-728B
12-828
13-010
13-011
13-014
13-106
13-110
13-114
13-125
13-220
13-220Z1
13-230
13-406
13-410
13-430
13-505
13-506
13-510
13-513
13-514
13-524
13-525
13-566
13-700
13-810
14-040
14-045
14-046
14-090
14-100
14-150
208
IPS
45
45
34
34
34
34
31
31
31
31
31
31
43
43
43
38
32
32
43
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
179
179
179
153
155
157
161
180
180
180
179
183
183
153
153
155
157
157
161
161
171
172
183
28, 140
28, 140
28, 140
28, 140
182
181
14-152
14-160
14-248
14-348
14-450
14-452
14-453
14-454
14-454Z7
15-040
15-041
15-042
15-046
15-080
15-081
15-082
15-083
15-085
15-086
15-120
15-121
15-122
15-160
15-161
15-162
15-803
15-804
15-805
15-806
15-807
15-808
15-809
15-810
15-811
15-812
15-813
17-015
17-020
17-021
17-023
17-024
17-042
17-046
17-048
17-050
17-052
17-056
17-058
17-101
17-102
17-103
17-104
17-111B
17-112
17-113
181
182
180
182
181
181
181
181
181
51
52
53
51
51
52
53
52
53
51
51
52
53
51
52
53
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
141
141
141
142
142
143
143
143
145
143
143
143
144
144
144
144
45
113, 147
111,147
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
(cont’d)
17-124
17-130-12
17-201
17-325
17-425-8
17-430-8
17-813
17-814
17-815
18-710
18-711
18-712
18-802
18-803
18-804
18-805
18-806
18-808
18-809
18-810
18-811
18-812
18-813
18-814
18-815
18-816
18-817
18-818
18-820
18-821
18-822
18-823
18-824
18-825
18-826
18-827
18-829
18-830
18-831
18-832
18-833
18-834
18-835
18-836
18-840
18-841
18-843
18-844
18-845
18-860
18-863
18-866
18-913
18-914
84
142
147
145
143
143
28, 140
28, 140
28, 140
28, 140
71
71
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
75
70
70
71
71
71
71
71
71
46
46
46
46
46
46
70
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
800-333-4932
18-915
18-919
19-001
19-002
19-003
19-004
19-006
19-007
19-009
19-010
19-011
19-012
19-013
19-014
19-015
19-016
19-017
19-019
19-020
19-021
19-025
19-026
19-027
19-029
19-030
19-031
19-100
19-101
19-102
19-103
19-104
19-105
20-002
20-002SS
20-003
20-003SS
20-004
20-004Z1
20-005
20-005Z1
20-006
20-007
20-008
20-009
20-011
20-012
20-013
20-014
20-015
20-017
20-018-1
20-018-2
20-018-4
20-019
20-020
46
46
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
58
58
58
58
59
59
59
59
60
153
59
72
59
60
89
58
60
61
76
76
76
61
67
209
20-021
20-022
20-023
20-024
20-024Z1
20-027
20-028
20-028Z1
20-029
20-030
20-032
20-033
20-034
20-035
20-036
20-037
20-038
20-040
20-044
20-045
20-049
20-050
20-051
20-052
20-055
20-056
20-056SS
20-057
20-058
20-058SS
20-059
20-060
20-0614
20-062
20-063
20-066
20-068
20-070
20-075
20-076
20-080
20-081
20-081SS
20-082
20-082SS
20-083
20-084
20-085
20-090
20-090SS
20-091
20-092
20-093
20-093SS
20-101
IPS
58
62
167
62
62
100
58
58
71
155
67
66
66
66
66
66
66
59
63
63
64
64
58
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
67
64
64
67
64
63
63
67
41
41
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
74
20-102
20-102Z4
20-103
20-104
20-105
20-106
20-108
20-109
20-110
20-111
20-112
20-113
20-114
20-115
20-116
20-117
20-118
20-127
20-128
20-128Z1
20-129
20-132
20-172
20-181
20-182
20-190
20-193
21-001
21-001-30
21-002
21-003
21-004
21-005
21-006
21-007
21-008
21-009
21-010
21-011
21-012
21-013
21-014
21-016
21-018
21-020
21-021
21-022
21-023
21-024
21-025
21-026
21-027
21-028
21-029-8
21-030
74
42
74
73
73
73
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
73
73
73
73
62
62
62
166
37
65
65
65
65
65
78
78
84
84
84
84
84
78
79
79
78
78
79
79
79
79
79
80
80
81
81
84
84
84
84
84
84
80
Houston, TX 77066
6
Catalog 1816
6
(cont’d)
21-031
21-032
21-033
21-034-10
21-035
21-036
21-037
21-038
21-039
21-040
21-041
21-042
21-043
21-044
21-045
21-046
21-049
21-050
21-055
21-056
21-057
21-057Z4
21-058
21-059
21-060-1
21-060-2
21-060-3
21-062-1
21-063
21-065
21-065z1
21-066
21-067
21-068
21-069
21-070
21-071
21-072
21-091
21-092
21-120
21-121
21-122
21-130
21-131
21-132
21-133
21-144
21-154
21-155
21-156
21-161
21-163
21-164
80
83
80
84
75
75
75
75
84
128
130
130
128
129
129
130
130
83
83
83
82
42
82
82
76
76
76
76
81
120
120
118
38
38
119
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
87
87
87
87
130
130
116
116
130
130
129
800-333-4932
21-165
22-032
22-090
22-091
22-100
22-102
22-102Z2
22-103
22-105
22-106
22-107
22-108
22-112
22-113
22-124
22-125
22-126
22-127
22-128
22-128Z2
22-128Z3
22-128Z4
22-129
22-130
22-131
22-132
22-134
22-135
22-136
22-137
22-139
22-140
22-141
22-143
22-145
22-146
22-147
22-148
22-150
22-151
22-152
22-201
22-202
22-204
22-206
22-208
22-210
22-212
22-215
22-218
22-222
23-001
23-002
23-003
23-004
129
37
112
112
110
112
112
111
109
109
111
109
113
113
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
133
132
132
133
134
134
134
74
72
72
73
73
70
114
114
70
70
70
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
121
114
107
102
23-005
23-006
23-007
23-008
23-009
23-010
23-010B
23-011
23-011B
23-012
23-013
23-013B
23-014
23-014B
23-015
23-015B
23-016
23-018
23-019
23-020
23-021
23-022
23-023
23-025
23-027
23-030
23-031
23-032Z1
23-033
23-034
23-035
23-036
23-037
23-043
23-043Z5
23-043Z6
23-045
23-046
23-047
23-047Z1
23-048
23-049
23-050
23-051
23-054
23-055
23-056
23-065
23-130
23-133
23-134
23-135
23-140Z1
23-140Z2
23-140Z3
210
IPS
107
107
107
106
107
97
97
95
95
102
97
97
97
97
97
97
93
89
89
89
90
90
90
94
90
98
98
98
98
98
99
99
99
101
101
101
106
100
106
106
121
106
121
100
117
116
106
118
105
104
104
104
105
105
105
23-140Z4
23-140Z5
23-140Z6
23-140Z7
23-142Z1
23-143
23-144
23-145
23-146
23-147
23-148
23-149
23-200
23-201
23-202
23-210
23-211
23-218
23-219
23-220
23-222
23-224
23-226
23-228
23-242
23-316
23-320
23-325
23-340
23-350
23-363
23-400
23-400Z1
23-440L
23-440R
23-530L
23-530R
23-535
23-535L
23-535R
23-545
23-545L
23-545R
24-1-XXX-YY
24-2-XXX-YY
24-3-XXX-YY
24-425-8
24-440-8
24-5XX-XX
24-719-6
24-719-8
24-7XX-XX
25-001
25-002
25-003
105
105
105
105
105
104
104
104
100
100
100
100
115
115
115
103
103
96
96
92
92
92
92
92
93
99
99
99
99
99
99
135
135
95
95
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
68
68
68
66
66
69
65
65
69
63
63
58
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
(cont’d)
25-004
25-1XX-X
26-001
26-210-05
26-210-10
26-210-15
26-210-20
26-250-10
26-410-6
26-410-6S
26-410-8
26-420-6
26-420-8
26-430-10
26-430-6
26-430-8
26-440-10
26-440-6
26-440-8
26-460-10
26-460-6
26-460-8
26-480-10
26-480-8
26-510-6
26-530-6
26-560-6
26-580-6
26-790-6
26-795-6
30-006
30-007
30-008
30-101
30-102
30-103
30-104
30-105
30-106
30-108
30-108Z1
30-111
30-112
30-113
30-114
30-201
30-202
30-203
30-204
30-205
30-206
30-207
30-2800-2
30-2801
59
69
124
124
124
124
124
124
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
162
162
162
157
157
157
157
162
157
162
162
159
159
159
159
161
161
161
161
162
162
161
193
184
800-333-4932
30-2805
30-2808
30-2821
30-2822
30-2828
30-2829
30-4000-2
30-4000-3
30-4001
30-4001HC
30-4005
30-4008
30-4008HC
30-401
30-402
30-4021
30-4021HC
30-4022
30-4022HC
30-4028
30-4028HC
30-4029
30-4029HC
30-403
30-404
30-407
30-410
30-412
30-412Z2
30-414
30-415
30-420
30-430
30-440
30-450
30-501
30-502
30-503
30-504
30-504Z3
30-504Z4
30-506
30-508
30-5601
30-5608
30-601
30-602
30-607-1
30-607-2
30-607-3
30-607-4
30-609
30-8001
30-8001HC
30-8008
193
184
188
189
188
189
193
193
186
192
193
186
192
153
153
190
192
191
192
190
192
191
192
153
153
153
174
175
175
163
163
174
175
175
175
155
155
155
155
162
162
162
162
185
185
177
177
178
178
178
178
178
187
192
187
211
30-8008HC
30-810
30-812
30-812Z2
30-820
31-010
31-012
31-013
31-014
31-023
31-030
31-031
31-033
31-035
31-036
31-037
31-038
31-052-1
31-122
31-124
31-126
31-129
31-135
32-300
40-009
40-010
40-011
40-012
40-013
40-014
40-015
40-016
40-017
40-018
40-019
40-023
40-024
40-025
40-026
40-027
40-029
40-030
40-032-14
40-032-25
40-100
40-101
40-102
50-522
50-524
50-600
50-600-1
50-601
50-601-1
50-602
50-602-1
IPS
192
174
175
175
174
170
170
170
170
167
169
169
172
172
172
171
175
169
166
166
166
166
168
173
205
202
202
204
204
204
202
204
203
204
205
203
203
203
203
202
205
202
205
205
206
206
206
133
133
134
134
134
134
134
134
50-603
50-603-1
50-630
50-632
50-670
50-700
50-702
50-703
50-704
50-705
900.32Z1
900.33Z1
DRW100
DRW200
134
134
135
135
136
139
138
138
138
139
179
179
133
133
Houston, TX 77066
6
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
Index by Description
2-Way Corner Connector 40
71
3-Way Ball Catch, Medium
102
155
3-Way Ball Catch, Small
102
157
155
71
157
71
Single Bearing Unit 14HD, Centric
159
90° Mitre Connector Md
62
Single Bearing Unit 14HD, Eccentric
159
90° Mitre Connector Md w/28 Fast. Set
62
161
90° Runner, Side Slot
134
A
Access Hole Plug 7mm
28, 140
Access Plug for Corner Connectors 28
71
Access Plug for Corner Connectors 40
71
Actuator for Locking Safety Switch 23-003 thru 23-007
107
Actuator for Safety Switch 23-044/ 23-056
106
Adapter Shaft - 1/2" Bore w/ keyway
170
Adapter Shaft - 5/8" Bore w/ keyway
170
170
Adjustable L-Base 28
81
Aluminum Handle
98
Aluminum T-Nut Bar
67
Angle Mounting Bracket
161
153
153
Bench Drawer 16x20x14"
Access Plug
98
Anodize Breaker
67
Anti-Skid Cover 40
44
133
Bench Drawer 16x20x7"
133
Bin Mount Slide Rail
133
133
133
Blank Rack Angle
41
Bolt
Bolt 14, Centric
132
Angled Handle
162
Bolt 14, Eccentric
157
Bolt 25, Centric
162
Bolt 25, Eccentric
162
Bolt 6, Centric
162
Bolt 6, Eccentric
162
Eccentric Bolt 10
162
Butt Fastening Set 40
60
Butt Fastening Set M6
60
C
B
Cable Tie Holder
Ball Catch
Ball Catch Bracket
101
Ball Catch Bracket w/ Fastening Set
101
Ball Catch PA
101
Base Element
99
Base Plate
Base Plate 160
84
Base Plate 28x56-M10
84
84
Base Plate 28x56-M8
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
Bearing Unit
6
155
155
157
157
Double Bearing Unit 14HD, Centric
159
Double Bearing Unit 14HD, Eccentric
159
161
161
153
153
Cable Tie Holder 30/28
122
Cable Tie Holder 40
122
Cable Tie Holder 45
147
Cam
105
105
Cam 35-20 (offset -2)
105
105
Caster
Caster, 125mm HD Rigid w/ Rect Top Plate
87
Caster, 125mm HD Swivel w/ Rect Top Plate
87
Caster, 125mm HD Swivel w/ Triangular Top Plate
87
Caster, 125mm HD Swivel/Locking w/Rect Top Plate
87
Caster, 125mm Locking
86
Caster, 125mm Rigid
86
Caster, 125mm Swivel
86
Caster, 50mm Swivel
86
Caster, 50mm Swivel w/ Wheel Brake
86
86
Caster, 75mm Rigid
86
Caster, 75mm Swivel
86
Center Mounting Plate for Rev. Unit 40
166
Clamp Block
Clamp Bar Profile
42
Clamp Block 1 Hole
76
Clamp Block 2 Holes
76
Clamp Block 4 Holes
76
Clamping Block, Belt 25T10
169
Clamp Multiblock 45
113, 147
Clamp Multiblock PA
113
212
Houston, Tx 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
(cont’d)
Clamp Spring for 32x18 Clamp Pfl
37
D
Clamping Shoe 80
80
Delrin Step Roller 25.4
Clamp-Multiblock 30/28
Clip Nut M5 (#10-32) for 19" Rack Angle
Clip Nut M6 for 19" Rack Angle
113
41
41
Closure Plate 160x80 Set
116
Closure Plate 80x80 Set
116
Compr. Spring for M6 Econ.T-Nut
65
Compr. Spring for M8 Econ.T-Nut
65
116
Door Stop PA
121
Double Angle Mounting Bracket
132
Double Bracket 28 for Magnetic Catch
100
Double Bracket 40 for Magnetic Catch
100
Drilling Jig
Connector Cap
70
70
70
Connecting Angle 20
73
Connecting Angle 20, Double
73
Connection Element 28 - 90°
73
Connection Element 28 - Flat
73
72
72
Connection Element for 40x16 Pfl
74
73
73
202
202
202
Drilling Jig 40, Univ. Connection
202
202
Drilling Jig for 40x40 Clamp Profile
203
E
135
135
End Cap
Connecting Plate
120
Door Guide Set
Carriage End Cap 160x40-14
178
Carriage End Cap 80x40-14
178
Conduit Cap 120x120
54
Conduit Cap 120x160
54
Conduit Cap 120x40
54
Conduit Cap 120x80
54
Conduit Cap 160x80
54
70
Conduit Cap 160x80-20°
54
Conduit Cap 40x40
54
75
Conduit Cap 80x40
54
75
Conduit Cap 80x80
54
75
Connection Link 45
145
Connection Screw M12x30
142
Connector 40x40-45° w/ 3 Screws
Conveyor Rail Profile
Corner Bracket 30 w/3 Screws
70
180
Corner Element
Conduit Cap 80x80-45°
54
75
Conduit Cap160x40
54
End Cap 100x40
46
73
End Cap 120x40
46
72
End Cap 120x80
46
72
End Cap 160x16
46
End Cap 160x28
46
End Cap 160x40
46
End Cap 160x80
46
End Cap 20x10
46
End Cap 20x20
46
End Cap 20x40
46
End Cap 20x60
46
End Cap 20x80
46
Corner Joining Plate
Corner Mounting Plate
Counter Reversing Unit 40
80
167
Cover Strip
Al Cover Strip 28, Blk
45
Al Cover Strip 28, Clr
45
Al Cover Strip 40, Blk
45
45
Cover/ Gasket Strip 28, Blk
45
Cover/ Gasket Strip 28, Clr
45
Cover/ Gasket Strip 28, Yel.
45
45
45
45
45
45
PVC Cover Strip 30/28, Blk
45
PVC Cover Strip 40, Blk
45
PVC Cover Strip 40, Blue
45
PVC Cover Strip 45, Blk
45
Safety Cover Strip 40/28
44
End Cap 28x28
46
End Cap 28x28-45°
46
End Cap 28x56
46
End Cap 30x30
46
End Cap 40-45°
46
End Cap 40-60°
46
End Cap 40x16
46
End Cap 40x40
46
End Cap 40x40 f/ Heavy Square Pfl
46
46
End Cap 40x40, 20 Series
46
End Cap 40x40-45°
213
75
End Cap 45x45
28, 140
End Cap 45x60
28, 140
End Cap 45x90
28, 140
Houston, TX 77066
6
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
(cont’d)
End Cap 50x50
46
Gusset 40, 300mm
76
End Cap 60x30
46
Gusset 40, 431mm
76
End Cap 60x60
46
Gusset 40, 600mm
76
End Cap 80x14
46
Gusset 80x40
74
End Cap 80x16
46
Gusset 80x80
74
End Cap 80x40
46
End Cap 80x80
Gusset Bracket
46
Gusset Bracket 28
74
161
144
153
144
Pillow Block End Cap 160x40-14
178
144
Pillow Block End Cap 80x40-14
178
144
46
Gusset Profile 80x80
42
46
46
46
English Screws
Exciter Cam
69
172
F
Fastening Set
Fastening Set w/ Flat Plate & M8x16 BHCS
58
Fastening Set for Panel Frame Fastening Door Stop
121
Fastening Set for Mtg Plate 31-129
H
Handle
Handle 328mm long
99
Handle 648mm long
99
Handle PA 132
98
Handle PA 179
98
Handle PA 93.5
98
Hi-Flex Timing Belt 25T10
169
Hinge
166
Adjustable Hinge 1
92
Fastening Set 28 Hinge Light
89
Adjustable Hinge 2
92
Fastening Set 40 Light
58
Butt Hinge 40
95
Fastening Set Catch 40
100
Butt Hinge 40, Blk
95
Fastening Set Counter Reversing Unit
167
Double Hinge 40
90
Fastening Set f/ Bearing Units 6
153
Hinge PA 20
89
Fastening Set f/ Connect. Element 40
72
Hinge, Steel w/ M5 screws
93
Fastening Set for 21-030
80
95
37
95
89
89
Fastening Set for 32x18 Clamp Pfl
Fastening Set for Bearing Units 14/25
155
Fastening Set for Light Duty Hinge 40
90
Fastening Set for T-Connector
71
90
Floor Fastening Set
83
90
Standard Fastening Set 28/30
58
Medium Hinge 30/28
93
Standard Fastening Set 40
58
Medium Hinge 40
94
Standard Fastening Set, 20
58
Offset Lift-Off Hinge Left (type “A”)
96
Standard Fastening Set, 50
58
Offset Lift-Off Hinge Right (type “B”)
96
Plastic Hinge 30 Left
91
Flange Foot
Flange Foot 40x40
83
Plastic Hinge 30 Right
91
Flange Foot 80x40
83
Plastic Hinge 35 Fixed
91
Flange Foot 80x80
83
91
Flat Mounting Bracket
132
91
Floating Pivot Joint 45
145
Plastic Hinge 45 Fixed
91
Floor Mounting Bracket
91
82
91
82
Positioning Hinge 120°
92
82
92
6
G
92
Hook Cam
Gasket
105
Mesh Gasket, Grey
44
I,J
Panel Gasket 10, Clear
36
Joining Pin for Roller Chain 14-454
Panel Gasket 8, Grey
44
Joining Plate
181
Grabber Door Catch
103
Joining Plate 1, 80
72
Grabber Door Catch w/Micro-Switch
103
Joining Plate 2, 40
72
Gusset
Gusset 28, 254mm
76
Joining Plate 2, 80
72
Joining Plate 28-40
73
214
Houston, Tx 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
(cont’d)
IPS
N,O,P
K
Keeper Bracket
105
Panel Clamp
Key for 7mm Square
105
Panel Extrusion 40
114
40
Panel Frame Fastener PA
Knuckle Foot
121
78
Panel Holder Strip, Black
40
Knuckle Foot 40 M10x80
79
Panel Holder Strip, Gray
40
79
114
79
114
79
Panel
79
1/2x1/2" Blk PVC Coated Wire Mesh 16 Ga
124
79
10mm Blue Trespa Panel
123
79
10mm Lt. Green Trespa Panel
123
10mm Red Trespa Panel
123
10mm White Trespa Panel
123
Knuckle Foot 30/28
L
L-Base Floor Anchor 40
LDPE Wear Guide for LM80
81
180
Leveling Foot
81
Leveling Foot 20
78
Leveling Foot PA, 30
78
Leveling Foot PA, 40
78
Leveling Screw M12x45 Socket Head
80
Lift System
138
139
Limit Stop for Runner
134
175
Limit Stop, One Direction
171
Linear Module 3000
173
Linear Shaft
Linear Shaft 10
155
Linear Shaft 14
157
Linear Shaft 25
161
Linear Shaft 6
153
Liquid Tight Fitting PG-11
106
163
163
124
1x1" Blk PVC Coated Wire Mesh
124
1x1" Yellow PVC Coated Wire Mesh
124
124
6mm Black Sintra
123
6mm Black Trespa Panel
123
123
6mm Blue Sintra
123
123
6mm Clr Polycarbonate Panel (Lexan)
123
6mm Gray Trespa Panel
123
123
6mm Red Sintra
123
123
6mm Smoked Grey Lexan
123
6mm White Sintra
123
123
123
123
123
123
8mm White Trespa Panel
123
Parallel Clamp 40
61
Parts Bin
M
Magnetic Catch
1-1/2x1-1/2" Blk PVC Coated Wire Mesh
Conductive Bin 105x187x76mm
132
Conductive Bin 140x280x127mm
132
100
Large Parts Bin 140x280x127mm
132
Mitre Bracket
62
132
Mitre Connector 40 w/hardware
62
Medium Parts Bin 105x135x76mm
132
Mitre Connector Md
62
132
Mitre Connector Md w/28 Fast. Set
62
Pin Element
67
Miter Saw 15" C15FB
206
Monitor/Keyboard Swing Arm
136
Locking Pivot Joint 28
Mounting Bracket for Safety Switch 23-044/ 23-056
106
Locking Pivot Joint 28, Black
97
Mounting Plate for 4-Cylinder Lift System
139
Locking Pivot Joint 40
97
Mounting Plate for Telescopic Guide 50-703
138
97
Mounting Set 28 for Safety Switch 23-044/ 23-056
106
Pivot Joint 28
97
Mounting Set 40 for Safety Switch 23-044/ 23-056
106
Pivot Joint 28, Black
97
Pivot Joint 40
97
97
Pivot Joint
Multiblock
97
Multiblock Al - M5 (#10-32)
110
Multiblock Al - M6
109
Multiblock Al - M8
109
Pneumatic Closure Plate 80x40 w/Seal
129
Multiblock PA 28 - M6
111
129
110
Pneumatic Connecting Plate 80x40
128
Multiblock PA 40 w/ Quarter Turn Receptacle
110
Pneumatic Connecting Plate 80x80
128
171
Pneumatic In-Line Joining Plate
129
Multi-Spline Shaft
215
Pneumatic
Houston, TX 77066
6
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
(cont’d)
Pneumatic Joining/ Connecting Plate 120x40
130
40x40 Light Profile, Clr
18
Pneumatic Joining/ Connecting Plate 160x40
130
40x40 Mono-Slot Profile, Clr
19
Pneumatic T-Joining Plate 80x80 w/ 2 gaskets
129
40x40 Profile, 20 Series, Clr
34
40x40 Quarter Round Std. Pfl
19
Profile
6
120x120x40 Corner Heavy Profile
24
40x40 Standard Profile, Blk
18
120x40 Standard Profile, Clr
23
18
120x80 Heavy Profile, Clr
25
40x40 Tri-Slot Profile, Clr
19
25
40x40-45° Heavy Profile, Blk
20
160x16 Profile, Clr
21
40x40-45° Heavy Profile, Clr
20
160x28 Profile, Clr
24
40x40-45° Standard Profile, Blk
20
23
40x40-45° Standard Profile, Clr
20
23
26
45x45 Light Profile
28, 140
26
45x45 Profile
28, 140
19" Rack Angle - cut to length
41
45x60 Profile Light
28, 140
20x10 Profile, Clr
34
45x90 Profile
28, 140
20x20 Profile, Clr
34
50x50 Profile, Clr
20x40 Profile, Clr
34
50x80 Profile, Clr
20x60 Profile, Clr
34
50x95 Chain Conv. Pfl
181
20x80 Profile, Clr
34
54x80 Chain Conv. Pfl
181
22x32, Extrusion- Standard Wall,
36
56 x 56 Extrusion
28x28 Extrusion- Standard Wall, Radius,
33
27
28x28 Bi-Slot Corner Pfl, Blk
31
56x56 Light Tool Hanger Profile
33
28x28 Bi-Slot Corner Pfl, Clear
31
60x30 Profile, Clr
30
28x28 Bi-Slot Midframe Pfl, Blk
31
60x60 Profile, Clr
30
28x28 Bi-Slot Midframe Pfl, Clr
31
80 x 80 Extrusion - Extra Heavy Wall
25
28x28 Quad-Slot Profile, Blk
31
80x14 Profile , 20 Series
34
28x28 Quad-Slot Profile, Clr
31
80x16 Profile, Clr
21
28x28 Tri-Slot Profile, Blk
31
31
80x40 Rail Profile, Clr
28x28-45° Profile
31
22
28x56 Bi-Slot Profile, Blk
32
22
28x56 Bi-Slot Profile, Clr
32
80x40 Tri-Slot Corner Pfl, Blk
22
28x56 Open-Slot Profile, Blk
32
80x40 Tri-Slot Corner Pfl, Clr
22
28x56 Open-Slot Profile, Clr
32
25
28x56 Quad-Slot Profile, Blk
32
25
32
25
28x56 Tri-Slot Profile, Blk
32
80x80x40 Corner Heavy Profile
32
30x30 Bi-Slot Corner Profile
30
Edging Profile
35
30x30 Profile, Clr
30
Floor Mounting Profile
42
30x30 Quarter Round Profile
30
180
32x18 Clamp Profile
37
180
32x18 Mono-Slot Pfl, 10mm T-slot
36
Mesh Clamp Profile
40
36x36 Post
27
Profile R40/80-30°
20
40-45° Profile, Clr
20
Profile R40/80-45°
20
40-60° Profile, Clr
20
Profile R40/80-60°
20
24
Profile R40/80-90°
40x120 Extrusion - Heavy Wall
23
Profile Slide Block 40, 160mm long
174
40x16 Profile, Blk
21
186
40x16 Profile, Clr
21
174
40x40 Bi-Clamp Pfl
35
186
40x40 Bi-Slot Corner Profile, Blk
19
174
40x40 Bi-Slot Corner Profile, Clr
19
187
40x40 Bi-Slot Midframe Pfl, Blk
19
174
40x40 Bi-Slot Midframe Pfl, Clr
19
187
40x40 Clamp Profile
35
Profile Slide Block SF-A
175
18
190
40x40 Heavy Square Profile, Clr
18
Profile Slide Block SF-B
175
40x40 Light Profile, Blk
18
216
22
27
27
33
22
180
24
182
20
191
Houston, Tx 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
(cont’d)
Profile Slide Block SF-C
175
Rail Cart, 4 Rollers w/Fast. Set
115
190
Rail Cart, 8 Rollers
115
Roller Profile 10 Double
179
Roller Profile 10 Single
179
M8x16 Ratchet Handle
99
Roller Profile 14
179
M8x20 Ratchet Lever
99
Roller Profile 25
179
M8x25 Ratchet Lever
99
Roller Profile 25
179
M8x40 Ratchet Lever
99
Roller Profile 6
179
M8x50 Ratchet Lever
99
Roller Track
182
M8x63 Ratchet Lever
Rolling Door Guide Profile
Ratchet Lever
38
99
Ratchet Stay
135
135
Slide Profile 40
183
Ratchet Stay with Bracket
Slide Profile 40 SF
183
Rectangular Flat Plate for 20-028
58
Slide Profile 80
183
Retainer Spring for T-Slot Nut HD
64
Reversing Unit
Sliding Door Guide 28 - Lower
39
Sliding Door Guide 28 - Upper
39
Reversing Unit 40, Belt 25T10, 8mm Bore
166
39
Reversing Unit 40, Belt 25T10, Idler
166
39
Reversing Unit 40, Belt 25T10, Spline
166
Reversing Unit 80, Spline
168
Sliding Door Set - discont. Use new style 23-065
106
Roller
Sliding Door Set (new style)
118
Sliding-Door Guide for 32x18 Pfl
117
Roller 10
162
Stiffener/ Handle Profile
39
Roller 14
162
Support Profile 120
51
Roller 20
118
Support Profile 120 w/T-Slots
52
Roller 6
162
Support Profile 160
51
Support Profile 160 w/T-slots
52
Roller Chain 40
Support Profile 40
51
Roller Insert Set
38
Support Profile 40 w/T-Slot
52
Rubber Insert 30/28
78
Support Profile 80
51
Rubber Insert 80
Support Profile 80 w/T-slots
52
Runner, Bottom Slot
51
51
TS35 DIN Rail Profile
52
53
53
53
Wire Duct Profile 160-20°
53
Wire Duct Profile 80x80-45°
Roller PA with two M6 Washers
172
Proximity Switch Mounting Element 1
172
80
75, 129
S
Safety Switch
53
Proximity Switch
119
181
110 AC, lock by spring, 2NO, 2NC
107
24 AC, lock by solenoid, 2NO, 2NC
107
24 DC, lock by solenoid, 1NO, 3NC
107
24 DC, lock by spring, 2NO, 2NC
107
Safety Switch 1NO-1NC
106
Screw
Q
Button Head Screw
68
Flat Head Screw
68
Set Screws
Quarter Turn Latch
69
Shoulder Screw M5x6x25
119
Quarter Turn Latch, 7mm square insert, Panel
112
Quarter Turn Latch, 7mm square insert, Pfl 40
112
Seal
Seal 120x40
130
Quarter Turn Latch, T-Handle, Non-Locking, Panel
112
Seal 160x40
130
Quarter Turn Latch, T-Handle, Non-Locking, Pfl 40
112
Seal 80x40
130
Quarter Turn Latch, Wing Knob, Locking, Panel
112
Seal 80x80
130
Quarter Turn Latch, Wing Knob, Locking, Pfl 40
112
Seal 80x80, In-Line Joining Plate
130
Quarter Turn Receptacle
112
Seal 80x80, T-Joining Plate
130
Quarter Turn Socket Stud
112
Self Tapping Connector
Quarter Turn Wing Stud
112
Service
61
Quick Connector 45, Horizontal Access
141
45° Miter Cut, up to 80x80 Profile
201
Quick Connector 45, Vertical Access
141
Mill Profile Square 160x80
201
201
201
R
Rachet Lock
Radius Connector Cap 30
105
70
Rail Cart
Rail Cart, 4 Rollers
115
217
Panel - Chamfer Corner
201
Panel - Notch Corner
201
Panel - Special Service Cut
201
Panel - Thru Hole up to 10mm
201
Houston, TX 77066
6
Catalog 1816
IPS
800-333-4932
(cont’d)
Panel Packing for Secure Transport
201
Saw Cut 28x160 to 80x160
201
Step Roller Insert
120
201
Strike Plate for Magnetic Catch
100
Saw Cut up to 80x40
201
Saw Cut up to 80x80
201
Service for Dowel Pin
201
Special Miter Cut
201
Step Bore for Pneum. Univ. Fastener
201
Shaft
Chrome Coated Shaft 14
157
161
153
Shaft Clamp
Shaft Clamp Profile 10
155
157
161
153
Shims
PET Shims 160
175
PET Shims 80
175
PET Shims 80 (pkg of 4)
193
Shims for 28mm Guide
193
Single Bracket 28 for Magnetic Catch
100
Single Bracket 40 for Magnetic Catch
100
Slide
Delrin Slide Pad 160
175
Delrin Slide Pad 80
175
Delrin Slide Pad 80
193
Glide Pads, Pre-tapped, for 28 mm
193
Glide Pads, Untapped, for 40mm Profile (300mm )
193
Side MNT for 40 x 40, DBL, Ext.
191
Side MNT Guide for 28 x 28, DBL, Ext.
189
Side MNT Guide for 28 x 28, DBL, Flush
188
Side MNT Guide for 28 x 28, SGL, Flush
188
Side MNT Guide, Drilled for Clamp, 28 x 28, SGL
189
Slide Bushing
Slide Bushing 14
178
177
177
Slide Collar
134
Slide, High Cycle
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, DBL, Ext.
192
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, DBL, Flush
192
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, SGL, Ext.
192
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, SGL, Flush
192
High Cycle Top MNT for 40 x 40, DBL
192
High Cycle Top MNT for 40 x 40, SGL
192
192
6
192
Small Parts Bin 110x105x40mm
132
Small Parts Bin 210x105x40mm
132
Socket Head Screw
Spacer 1 for Linear 10
68
162
Spacer 2 for Linear 10
162
Spacer for Bearing Unit 14
162
105
Square Connector Cap 30
70
Standard Fastener
American Standard Fastening Set 40
58
Stainless Steel Standard Fastening Set 28/30
58
Stainless Steel Standard Fastening Set 40
58
T
T-bolt
T-Bolt 45, M8x25
143
T-Bolt 45, M8x30
143
T-Bolt M8x25
66
T-Bolt M8x40
66
T-clip
T-Clip 22-25mm w/ Fast Kit
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
Telescopic Guide for 50-702
138
Tensioning Block, Belt 25
169
Timing Belt Guide Profile
172
T-Joint
T-Joint Connector, Double Notch
71
T-Joint Connector, No Notch
71
T-Joint Connector, Single Notch
71
T-Joint Plate 28
73
T-Joint Plate 40
72
T-Joint Plate 80
72
Tool Balancer
Tool Balancer 0.4-1.2 kg
134
134
134
134
Tool Retractor
Tool Retractor 0.5-0.9 kg
134
134
134
134
Tools
15" Carbide Tipped Blade
206
5mm Ball Head Wrench
204
5mm L-Wrench
204
5mm Wrench with T-Handle
204
6.8mm Drill Bit
204
Adjustable Spanner Wrench for Linear 10, 14
203
Allen Key Set - Metric
205
Drill & Counter bore for BHCS or SHCS
201
Drill & Countersink for FHCS
201
Drill & Tap (M12 or M16 up to 40mm Deep)
201
Drill & Tap (M3 or M4)
201
Drill & Tap (M5,M6,M8 or M10)
201
Drill 7mm Access Hole (except 160mm side)
201
Drill 7mm Access Hole thru 160mm side
201
Drill/ Tap M10x45 for M10 Foot
201
201
Drill/ Tap/ Flycut for Bearing Block 14/25
201
Drill/ Tap/ Mill for Roller PA
201
M8x1.25 Tap
204
218
Houston, Tx 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
(cont’d)
Pin Socket Wrench for Linear 10, 14
205
T-Slot Nut Steel 40, M5 (#10-32)
63
Scissors
205
T-Slot Nut Zn 28, M3
66
Spanner Wrench for Linear 10, 14+B32
205
66
Spanner Wrench for Linear 25
205
T-Slot Nut Zn 28, M5 (#10-32)
66
Step Drill 7x20 with 3 Flats
203
66
Step Drill 7x20, #2 Morse Taper
203
66
Step Drill 9x15
203
T-Slot Nut Zn 40, M5 (#10-32)
66
Step Drill for Universal Fastener
201
Tap 5/16-18
201
Tap M8
201
U
UHMW
Top MNT for 28 x 56, DBL
185
Top MNT for 28 x 56, SGL
185
Top MNT Guide for 28 x 28, DBL
184
Top MNT Guide for 28 x 28, SGL
184
T-Slot Connector 45, Inside
142
T-Slot Connector 45, Outside
142
UHMW Conveyor Belt Guide
T-slot Nut
64
Double T-nut 40, M8/40
64
Economy T-Slot Nut 20, M4
65
Economy T-Slot Nut 20, M5 (#10-32)
65
Economy T-Slot Nut 28, 1/4-20
65
Economy T-Slot Nut 28, 1/4-20 Stainless Steel
65
65
65
Economy T-Slot Nut 28, M6 Stainless Steel
65
38
UHMW Slide Bar 10
43
UHMW Slide Bar 28/30-8
43
UHMW Slide Bar 40
43
43
Uniblock 20 - M4
65
65
65
Economy T-Slot Nut 40, 5/16-18 Stainless Steel
65
65
65
Economy T-Slot Nut 40, M8 Stainless Steel
38
UHMW Guide Insert Set
UHMW Slide Strip
Double T-Nut 40, M8/24
65
182
UHMW Guide Insert Profile
106
Uniblock 45
111,147
170
Universal Fastener
American Universal Fastening Set 40
Profile-to-Wall Connector 45
59
59
141
Profile-to-Wall Fastening Set 40
60
Universal Fast. 28 - Casting
59
Universal Fast.40 - Casting
59
Universal Fastening Set 28
59
59
59
Universal Fastening Set, 20
59
143
V
143
VHB Tape, 0.025" thk, 3/4"
124
143
Vice Assy - C15FB Miter Saw
206
Offset Econ. Roll-In T-Nut 28/40, M6
65
Offset Economy T-Slot Nut 28, 1/4-20
65
W,X,Y,Z
Offset Economy T-Slot Nut 28, M6
65
Washers, Hex Nuts
Offset Economy T-Slot Nut 40, 5/16-18
65
Wear Guide for 14-450
181
Offset Economy T-Slot Nut 40, M8
65
Wear Stop for 14-450
181
63
Wear Strip for 14-150
181
63
Stainless Steel T-Slot Nut 40 M6
63
Stainless Steel T-Slot Nut 40 M8
63
Steel HD T-Nut Bar
67
Steel T-Nut Bar
67
T-Slot Nut 28 Steel M6
63
63
T-Slot Nut 40 Steel 1/4-20
63
63
63
63
T-Slot Nut 45, M5
143
T-Slot Nut 45, M6
143
T-Slot Nut 45, M8
143
T-Slot Nut Double HD M8x24
69
6
64
T-Slot Nut HD Steel M6
64
T-Slot Nut Steel 20 M4
63
T-Slot Nut Steel 20 M5 (#10-32)
63
219
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
Parframe to IPS Part # Cross
*ParFrame #
6
ESA0002
ESA0002Y
ESA0003
ESA0004
ESA0004Y
ESA0005Y
ESA0006
ESA0006-28
ESA0008
ESA0008-28
ESA0010
ESA0012
ESA0018
ESA0040
ESA0042
ESA0050
ESA0062
ESA0073
ESA0074
ESA0075
ESA0076
ESA0094
ESA0102
ESA0103
ESA0104
ESA0106
ESA0108
ESA0110
ESA0112
ESA0114
ESA0116
ESA0118
ESA0120
ESA0126
ESA0130
ESA0136
ESA0138
ESA0150
ESA0152
ESA0210
ESA0214
ESA0240L
ESA0240R
ESA2802
ESA2810
ESA4002
ESA4004
ESA4010
ESA4016C
ESA8004
ESA8008
ESA8010
ESB2828
ESB4040
ESC2828
ESC2856
ESC4040
ESC4080
ESC8080
ESCR4040
ESD2800-2
ESD2801
ESD2801C
ESD2805
ESD2808
ESD2808C
ESD2821
ESD2821C
ESD2822
ESD2822C
ESD2828
ESD2828C
ESD2829
ESD2829C
Cross Type
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Functional
Direct
Functional
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
DESCRIPTION
IPS #
Panel Gasket 8, Grey
Safety Cover Strip 40/28, Yel.
Stiffener/ Handle Profile
Caster, 50mm Swivel w/ Wheel Brake
Caster, 125mm HD Swivel w/ Triangular Top Plate
Caster, 125mm HD Swivel/Locking w/Rect Top Plate
Caster, 125mm HD Rigid w/ Rect Top Plate
Corner MNTing Plate
Handle PA 93.5
Handle PA 132
Handle PA 179
Magnetic Catch
Medium Hinge 30/28
Hinge 43mm between holes
Hinge 25mm between holes
Aluminum Handle
Runner, Bottom Slot
Roller PA with two M6 Washers
Quarter Turn Latch, Wing Knob, Locking, Panel
Quarter Turn Latch, T-Handle, Non-Locking, Panel
Adjustable Hinge 2
Floor MNTing Bracket 28
End Cap 28x28
End Cap 28x56
Glide Pads, Pretapped, for 28 mm
Top MNT Guide for 28 x 28, SGL
Top MNT Guide, Drilled for Clamp, 28 28 SGL
Shims for 28mm Guide (package of five)
Top MNT Guide for 28 x 28, DBL
Top MNT Guide, Drilled for Clamp, 28 x 28, DBL
Side MNT Guide for 28 x 28, SGL, Flush
Side MNT Guide for 28 x 28, SGL, Ext.
Side MNT Guide for 28 x 28, DBL, Flush
Side MNT Guide, Drilled for Clamp, 28 x 28, DBL
Side MNT Guide for 28 x 28, DBL, Ext.
Side MNT Guide, Drilled for Clamp 28 x 28, DBL
220
12-103B
12-103Y
12-106
12-101
12-101Y
12-112
12-013
12-015
12-012
12-014
12-102
12-104
12-011
21-012
21-013
21-092
21-133
21-132
21-130
21-122
21-072
21-030
23-033
23-031
23-032Z1
23-046
23-242
23-248
23-240
23-030
22-128
22-126
22-127
22-136
21-069
23-144
23-143
23-010B
23-014B
23-226
23-222
23-440L
23-440R
21-005
21-059
21-002
21-024
21-057
21-022
21-026
21-028
21-058
22-143
22-141
18-808
18-809
18-913
18-914
18-915
18-843
30-2800-2
30-2801
30-2801
30-2805
30-2808
30-2808
30-2821
30-2821
30-2822
30-2822
30-2828
30-2828
30-2829
30-2829
Houston, TX 77064
Catalog 1816
*ParFrame #
ESD4000-2
ESD4000-3
ESD4000-5
ESD4001
ESD4001C
ESD4001HC
ESD4001HCC
ESD4005
ESD4008
ESD4008C
ESD4008HC
ESD4008HCC
ESD4021
ESD4021C
ESD4021HC
ESD4021HCC
ESD4022
ESD4022C
ESD4022HC
ESD4022HCC
ESD4028
ESD4028C
ESD4028HC
ESD4028HCC
ESD4029
ESD4029C
ESD4029HC
ESD4029HCC
ESD5601
ESD5601C
ESD5608
ESD5608C
ESD8001
ESD8001C
ESD8001HC
ESD8001HCC
ESD8008
ESD8008C
ESD8008HC
ESD8008HCC
ESE0002
ESE0010
ESE0017
ESE0030
ESE0034
ESE0042
ESE0062
ESE0100
ESE0102
ESE0104
ESE0200
ESE0202
ESE1034
ESE4080
ESE8080
ESF0012
ESF0014
ESF0020
ESF0022
ESF0026
ESF0028
ESF0060
ESF3004
ESF3005
ESF3008A
ESF3205
ESF3206
ESF3208
ESF3255
ESF3306
ESF3308
ESF3406
800-333-4932
Cross Type
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
IPS
DESCRIPTION
IPS #
Delrin Slide Pad 80
Glide Pads, Untapped, for 40mm Profile (300mm )
Shim
Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, SGL
High Cycle Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40x40, SGL
PET Shims 80 (pkg of 4)
Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, DBL
High Cycle Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, DBL
Side MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, SGL
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, SGL, Flush
High Cycle Side MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, SGL, Flush
Side MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, SGL
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, DBL, Flush
High Cycle Side MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, DBL, Flush
Side MNT Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, DBL
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, SGL, Ext.
High Cycle Side MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, SGL, Ext.
Side MNT for 40 x 40, DBL, Ext.
Side MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, DBL
High Cycle Side MNT for 40 x 40, DBL, Ext.
High Cycle Side MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 40 x 40, DBL, Ext.
Top MNT for 28 x 56, SGL
Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 28 x 56 SGL
Top MNT for 28 x 56, DBL
Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 28 x 56 DBL
Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 80 x 80 SGL
High Cycle Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 80 x 80, SGL
Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 80 x 80 DBL
High Cycle Top MNT , Drilled for Clamp, 80 x 80, DBL
Step Drill for Universal Fastener
Drill 7mm Access Hole (except 160mm side)
45° Miter Cut, up to 80x80 Profile
Drill & Tap (M5,M6,M8 or M10)
Tap M8
Panel - Notch Corner
5mm Ball Head Wrench
5mm Wrench with T-Handle
Tap 5/16-18
Saw Cut up to 80x40
Saw Cut up to 80x80
Butt Fastening Set M6
Butt Fastening Set 40
Standard Fastening Set 28/30
Standard Fastening Set 40
Access Hole Plug 7mm
Econ. Roll-In T-Nut 28+40, M4
Econ. Roll-In T-Nut 28+40, M5
T-Slot Nut Steel 40, M5 (#10-32)
M6 Hex Nut Black
M8 Hex Nut
M6 Lock Nut
30-4000-2
30-4000-3
30-4000-5
30-4001
30-4001
30-4001HC
30-4001HC
30-4005
30-4008
30-4008
30-4008HC
30-4008HC
30-4021
30-4021
30-4021HC
30-4021HC
30-4022
30-4022
30-4022HC
30-4022HC
30-4028
30-4028
30-4028HC
30-4028HC
30-4029
30-4029
30-4029HC
30-4029HC
30-5601
30-5601
30-5608
30-5608
30-8001
30-8001
30-8001HC
30-8001HC
30-8008
30-8008
30-8008HC
30-8008HC
19-015
19-011
19-105
19-012
19-010
19-017
19-030
40-027
40-010
40-011
40-013
40-012
19-009
19-001
19-002
20-012
20-005
20-006
20-004
20-003
20-002
18-710
20-160
20-161
20-091
20-052
20-056
20-058
20-055
24-706-6B
24-706-8
24-716-6
* Not all ParFrame products are crossreferenced, check with your distributor for more infomation.
221
Houston, TX 77066
6
Catalog 1816
*ParFrame #
6
ESF3408
ESF4005-10
ESF4005-12
ESF4005-16
ESF4006-10
ESF4006-12
ESF4006-16
ESF4006-20
ESF4008-10
ESF4008-12
ESF4008-16
ESF4008-18
ESF4008-20
ESF4008-25
ESF4008-30
ESF4008-35
ESF4106-16
ESF4106-25
ESF4106-30
ESF4108-12
ESF4108-20
ESF4108-25
ESF4208-25
ESF5022
ESF5026
ESF8031A
ESF8225
ESF8231
ESF9019-063
ESF9025-050
ESF9025-063
ESF9025-075
ESF9031-050
ESF9031-063
ESF9031-075
ESF9031-125
ESG2828M
ESG8040M
ESG8080M
ESH40120
ESH4016
ESH40160
ESH4016-6
ESH4040
ESH4080
ESH8016
ESJ2800
ESJ2810
ESJ2812
ESJ4000
ESJ4002
ESJ4010
ESJ4012
ESJ8002
ESJ8010
ESJ8012
ESL2232
ESL2828
ESL2856
ESL40120
ESL4040
ESL4040B
ESL4080
ESL4080B
ESL5656
ESL80160
ESL8080
ESLC2828
ESLR2828
ESP0002
ESP0004
ESP0006
ESP0008
ESP0010
800-333-4932
Cross Type
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
DESCRIPTION
IPS
IPS #
M8 Lock Nut
M5x10 Button Head Screw Clr
M8x16 Button Head Screw, Clr
M6x16 Socket Head Screw Clr
T-Bolt M8x25
American Universal Fastening Set 40
American Standard Fastening Set 40
Offset Econ. Roll-In T-Nut 28+40, 5/16-18
#10-32 x 5/8 Button Head Screw
1/4-20 x 1/2 Button Head Screw
5/16-18 x 1-1/4 Button Head Screw
Gusset Bracket 28
Gusset 80x40
Gusset 80x80
40x120 Extrusion - Heavy Wall
40x16 Profile, Clr
40x16 Profile, Clr
80x16 Profile, Clr
Joining Plate 28-40
T-Joint Plate 28
Joining Plate 1, 80
T-Joint Plate 40
Joining Plate 2, 80
T-Joint Plate 80
22x32, Extrusion- Standard Wall,
28x56 Open-Slot Profile, Clr
56 x 56 Extrusion - Standard Wall
28x28 Bi-Slot Corner Pfl, Clear
28x28 Extrusion- Standard Wall, Radius,
6mm Smoked Grey Lexan
6mm Clr Polycarbonate Panel (Lexan)
8mm White Trespa Panel -
222
24-716-8
24-110-5CZ
24-112-5CZ
24-116-5CZ
24-110-6CZ
24-112-6CZ
24-116-6CZ
24-120-6CZ
24-110-8CZ
24-112-8CZ
24-116-8CZ
24-118-8CZ
24-120-8CZ
24-125-8CZ
24-130-8CZ
24-135-8CZ
24-316-6CZ
24-325-6CZ
24-330-6CZ
24-312-8CZ
24-320-6CZ
24-325-8CZ
24-425-8
25-004
25-003
20-175
25-001
25-002
25-110-2
25-108-4
25-110-4
25-112-4
25-108-5
25-110-5
25-112-5
25-118-5
20-101
20-102
20-103
11-120
10-016
11-140
10-016-6
11-040
11-088
10-081
20-104
20-105
20-106
22-140
20-108
20-109
20-110
20-112
20-113
20-114
12-023
12-028
12-428
10-120
10-040
10-040B
10-080
10-080B
10-056
10-160
10-088
12-228
12-043
26-795-6
26-790-6
26-410-6
26-420-6
26-480-8
Houston, TX 77064
Catalog 1816
*ParFrame #
ESP0012
ESP0052
ESP0054
ESP0056
ESP0058
ESP2802
ESP4002
ESP4004
ESP4004
ESP40204022
ESS1300
ESS2300
ESS2450
ESS2600
ESS3300
ESS3600
EST4000
EST4000-2
EST4008
EST8000
EST8008
ESV4040
ESV4080
ESVC4040
ESVR4040
ESX8080
M6x45 SHCS
800-333-4932
Cross Type
Direct
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Functional
Direct
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Functional
Functional
Direct
Functional
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
DESCRIPTION
Mesh Clamp Profile (max 4M)
1/2x1/2" Blk PVC Coated Wire Mesh 16 Ga
1-1/2x1-1/2" Blk PVC Coated Wire Mesh
Multiblock Al - M6
Multiblock Al - M8
Multiblock PA 40 w/ Quarter Turn Receptacle
Gusset 28, 254mm
Gusset 40, 300mm
Gusset 40, 431mm
Gusset 40, 600mm
300mm Gusset, Heavy
600mm Gusset, Heavy
Seal 80x80
Pneumatic Connecting Plate 80x40 - 1/2"NPT
Pneumatic Connecting Plate 80x80 - 1"NPT
40x40 Bi-Slot Corner Profile, Clr
40x40 Quarter Round Std. Pfl
80 x 80 Extrusion - Extra Heavy Wall
IPS
IPS #
26-430-6
12-010
26-210-05
26-210-10
26-210-15
22-106
22-108
22-103
22-100
22-102
21-062-1
21-060-1
21-060-2
21-060-3
21-061-1
21-061-3
21-164
21-042
21-040
21-165
21-043
10-540
10-680
10-140
10-043
11-089
24-345-6CZ
* Not all ParFrame products are crossreferenced, check with your distributor for more infomation.
6
223
Houston, TX 77066
Catalog 1816
800-333-4932
IPS
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its
authorized distributors are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized
distributors. This offer and its acceptance by any customer (“Buyer”) shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s
order for any items, when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor (“Seller”) verbally or in writing,
shall constitute acceptance of this offer.
1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, proposals, offers
acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products are subject to and
shall be governed exclusively by the terms and conditions stated herein. Buyer’s
acceptance of any offer to sell is limited to these terms and conditions. Any
terms or conditions in addition to, or inconsistent with those stated herein,
proposed by Buyer in any acceptance of an offer by Seller, are hereby objected
to. No such additional, different or inconsistent terms and conditions shall
become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted
in writing by Seller. Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is
expressly conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions stated
herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those contained in
Buyer’s offer. Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all events constitute such
assent.
2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date of
delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid shall bear
interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month or portion thereof
that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by Buyer for omissions or
shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless Seller receives notice thereof
within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the shipment.
3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall be
made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, however, risk
of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. Any delivery dates
shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no liability for any delays in
delivery.
4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free from
defects in material or workmanship for a period of 24 months from date of
shipment from Parker Hannifin Corporation. THIS WARRANTY COMPRISES THE
SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO ITEMS PROVIDED
HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR
REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
PURPOSE, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF
LAW, TRADE USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR ACQUIRED WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY, TO
BUYER’S DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS.
5. Limitation of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR IN ANY
WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE
LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE ITEMS SOLD
OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY BUYER, AT SELLER’S SOLE
OPTION. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING
FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ITEMS SOLD
HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR IN TORT, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE TO WARN OR STRICT LIABILITY.
6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyers may request to modify
the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well as the quantities
and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all or part of this order,
however, no such requested modification or cancellation shall become part of the
contract between Buyer and Seller unless accepted by Seller in a written amendment
to this Agreement. Acceptance of any such requested modification of cancellation
shall be at Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and conditions as
Seller may require.
6
7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special tooling,
including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, acquired to
manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special tooling shall be
and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of any charges by Buyer.
In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in apparatus belonging to Seller which
is utilized in the manufacture of the items sold hereunder, even if such apparatus
has been specially converted or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding
any charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the right
to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other property in its
sole discretion at any time.
8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, confidential
information or equipment furnished by Buyer, or any other items which become
Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and may be destroyed by Seller
after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed without Buyer placing an order for
the items which are manufactured using such property. Seller shall not be
responsible for any loss or damage to such property while it is in Seller’s possession
or control.
9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and charges
are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like taxes which
may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufacture, sale or delivery
of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must be paid by Seller or if Seller
is liable for the collection of such tax, the amount thereof shall be in addition to the
amounts for the items sold. Buyer agrees to pay all such taxes or to reimburse
Seller therefore upon receipt of its invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from any
sales, use or other tax imposed by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save Seller
harmless from and against any such tax, together with any interest or penalties
thereon which may be assessed if the items are held to be taxable.
10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller shall
have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade
dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this Part 10. Seller will
defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of infringement of U.S. patents,
U.S. trademarks, copyrights, trade dress and trade secrets (hereinafter ‘Intellectual
Property Rights’). Seller will defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any
settlement or damages awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an
allegation that an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellectual
Property Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify
Buyer is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer
becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole control
over the defense of any allegations or actions including all negotiations for
settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is subject to a claim that it
infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, Seller may, at its sole
expense and option, procure for Buyer the right to continue using said item,
replace or modify said item so as to make it noninfringing, or offer to accept
return of said item and return the purchase price less a reasonable allowance for
depreciation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for
claims of infringement based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to
items delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part by
Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or use in a
system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of this Part 10 shall
constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s sole and exclusive
remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Right. If a claim is based on
information provided by Buyer or if the design for an item delivered hereunder is
specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer shall defend and indemnify Seller for
all costs, expenses or judgements resulting from any claim that such item infringes
any patent, trademark, copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any similar right.
11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be liable for
delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason of circumstances
beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter ‘Events of Force Majeure’).
Events of Force Majeure shall include without limitation, accidents, acts of God,
strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws, rules or regulations of any government or
government agency, fires, floods, delays or failures in delivery of carriers or
suppliers, shortages of materials and any other cause beyond Seller’s control.
12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set forth
herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any different terms or
conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall constitute the entire
Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are no oral or other representations
or agreements which pertain thereto. This Agreement shall be governed in all
respects by the law of the State of Ohio. No actions arising out of the sale of the
items sold hereunder of this Agreement may be brought by either party more than
two (2) years after the cause of action accrues.
224
Houston, TX 77066
Parker Hannifin de México
Oficinas de Venta
Toluca, Edo Méx
Monterrey, NL
Guadalajara, Jal
Av Eje Uno Norte 100
Parque Industrial Toluca
2000
CP 50100
Teléfono 722 275 42 00
Fax 722 279 03 16
Boulevard Stiva 350
Parque Industrial Stiva
Aeropuerto Apodaca
CP 66600
Teléfono 81 8288 1515
Fax 81 83864202
Juan Ruiz de Alarcon 452
Sector Juárez
Guadalajara, Jal
CP 44100
Teléfono 33 3630 5730
Fax 33 3630 4553
Catálogo Master M&C
www.parker.com
2008
[email protected]

40 Series

Transcription

Similar documents

40 Series

wrenches

migration without integration? polish seasonal labour migrants in